WO2020221262A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020221262A1
WO2020221262A1 PCT/CN2020/087589 CN2020087589W WO2020221262A1 WO 2020221262 A1 WO2020221262 A1 WO 2020221262A1 CN 2020087589 W CN2020087589 W CN 2020087589W WO 2020221262 A1 WO2020221262 A1 WO 2020221262A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
network device
path
terminal device
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/087589
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
马景旺
奥鲁佛松亨里克
韩锋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020221262A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020221262A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/029Location-based management or tracking services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16Discovering, processing access restriction or access information

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the mobile communication network including the access network equipment can provide the terminal equipment (UE) with reliable network access services according to the mobile path information of the terminal to meet the requirements of, for example, the 5G vertical
  • the moving path of the UE is represented by geographic location.
  • the access network equipment can obtain the complete moving path information of the UE. , The process cannot be protected for privacy and security, and there are potential privacy and information security issues.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device to improve the security when the network indicates the moving path of the UE to the access network device.
  • this application provides a communication method that can be implemented by a path information management network element.
  • the path management network element receives the first path information from the terminal device of the vertical industry control center, the first path information includes the location information of the moving path of the terminal device; the path information management network element The first path information of the terminal device is obtained, and the second path information of the terminal device is acquired.
  • the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; the path information management network element sends the second access network device to the first access network device.
  • Path information the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  • the path information management network element indicates the moving path of the terminal device to the target access network device through the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device. Because the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device is managing the terminal device The location information of the moving path in the area corresponds, so the encrypted indication of the moving path can be realized according to the path identifier, which improves the security of the moving path indication process.
  • the path information management network element when the path information management network element obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it may be based on the first path information of the terminal device and the management area of one or more access network devices.
  • the location information determines the movement path of the target access network device and the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device.
  • the path information management network element when it obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it may be based on the information of the target access network device and the management of the terminal device in the target access network device.
  • the movement path in the area and the first corresponding relationship determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, and the first corresponding relationship includes information about the access network device, location information in the management area of the access network device, and The path identifies the correspondence between the three.
  • the location information in the management area of the access network device may include the location information of landmark points such as roads in the area under the management of the access network device, such as the location information of roads that the terminal device may pass through, and a certain terminal device may pass through.
  • the location information of the marker point Therefore, the movement path of the terminal device can be encrypted into the path identifier corresponding to the target access network according to the first correspondence.
  • the path information management network element receives the first correspondence from an access network management device.
  • the path information management network element receives location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
  • the first path information specifically includes some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device, the movement time of the terminal device, the The moving speed of the terminal device, or some or all of the information in the type information of the terminal device.
  • the second path information further includes part or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second path information is also used to indicate: the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device . Therefore, the target access network device currently accessed by the terminal device can determine the target access network device to be accessed by the terminal device next hop according to the sequence.
  • the second path information may also include location information of the movement path of the terminal device, so that the target access network device currently accessed by the terminal device can be based on the movement of the terminal device.
  • the location information of the path determines the target access network device that the terminal device will access next hop.
  • the path information management network element includes NVAF, and the path information management network element can access the first access network element through the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device The network device sends the second path information.
  • the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the path information management network element may receive the first path information through NVAF.
  • the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the path information management network element may send the second path information to the NVAF; the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first Sent by the access network device; or, the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first access network device through the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device.
  • the path information management network element may include NVAF or RAN OAM.
  • this application provides a communication method that can be implemented by the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the access and mobility management function network element receives the second path information of the terminal device, the second path information comes from the path information management network element, and the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and The path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the access and The mobility management function network element serves the terminal device; the access and mobility management function network element sends the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  • Network access equipment is a Wi-Fi network device.
  • the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or, the terminal device leaves The time of the management area of the target access network device; or the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element may receive the second path information from the NVAF.
  • the second path information may be sent by NVAF or RAN OAM through NVAF to the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the access and mobility management function network element may be an AMF.
  • this application provides a communication method that can be implemented by a network element with access and mobility management functions.
  • the first access network device receives the second path information of the terminal device.
  • the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the network access device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device; the first The access network device determines the internal location information of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, and the first access network device is determining according to the second path information
  • the terminal device is in the internal location information of the management area of the first access network device, it can determine that the terminal device is located at the location based on the second correspondence and the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the second correspondence includes the correspondence relationship between the location information in the management area of the first access network device and the path identifier.
  • the first access network device may receive the second path information of the terminal device from an access and mobility management function network element, and the access and mobility management function network element serves the terminal equipment.
  • the second path information may include part or all of the following information: the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or, the terminal device leaves The time of the management area of the target access network device; or the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device may determine the second access network device according to the second path information, and the moving path of the terminal device Enter the management area of the second access network device from the management area of the first access network device, and the target access network device includes the second access network device; the first access network device Send the context of the terminal device and the second path information to the second access network device; the first access network device receives the first information from the second access network device, the first The information is used to search and select a cell of the second access network device; the second access network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the target access network device can determine the access network device that the terminal device accesses next hop, so as to perform the network handover of the terminal device in advance with the access network device that the terminal device accesses next hop, and also make the terminal device
  • the device searches for and selects the cell of the second access network device according to the first information, thereby providing better network guarantee.
  • the second path information is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, and the first access network device may The sequence determines the second access network device.
  • the second path information may also include position information of the moving path of the terminal device, and the first access network device may determine the position information of the moving path of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device may also include position information of the moving path of the terminal device, and the first access network device may determine the position information of the moving path of the terminal device. The second access network device.
  • the first information may include one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the first information 2.
  • the frequency point of the cell of the access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device Priority; or, the second access network device randomly accesses the preamble sequence.
  • the first access network device may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the third access network device, and the movement path of the terminal device is from the third access network device.
  • the management area enters the management area of the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may also receive the context of the terminal device from the third access network device; the first access network device sends the third access network device to the third access network device.
  • the network device sends second information, where the second information is used to search for and select a cell of the first access network device.
  • the second information further includes one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the second information A frequency point of the cell of an access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the first access network device Priority; or, the random access preamble sequence of the first access network device.
  • the present application provides a communication device that can be used to perform the steps performed by the path information management network element in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the communication device can be configured through a hardware structure. , Software module, or hardware structure plus software module form to realize each function in the above methods.
  • the communication device may include a communication module and a processing module coupled with each other.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver, a memory, a processor, etc. coupled with each other.
  • the communication module may be used to receive first path information from a terminal device of a vertical industry control center, where the first path information includes location information of the moving path of the terminal device; processing module Can be used to obtain second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path corresponding to the target access network device ID, the path ID corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; the communication module can also be used to send all information to the first access network device According to the second path information, the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  • the processing module may determine the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices according to the first path information of the terminal device.
  • the target access network device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device may be determined.
  • the processing module when it obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it can be based on the information of the target access network device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device. And a first corresponding relationship, determining the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, the first corresponding relationship including one of the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identifier Correspondence between.
  • the communication module may receive the first correspondence from the access network management device.
  • the communication module may receive location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
  • the first path information specifically includes some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device, the movement time of the terminal device, the The moving speed of the terminal device, or some or all of the information in the type information of the terminal device.
  • the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second path information is also used to indicate: the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device .
  • the path information management network element includes NVAF
  • the communication module can send the second path information to the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device, and the access and The mobility management function network element sends the second path information to the first access network device.
  • the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the communication module may receive the first path information from the NVAF.
  • the path information management network element includes RAN OAM
  • the communication module can send the second path information to the NVAF; the second path information can be sent by the NVAF to the first access network.
  • the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first access network device through an access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device.
  • the steps executed by the above processing module may be executed by the processor, and the steps executed by the above communication module may be executed by the transceiver.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing a program for the processor to execute the modified program to perform the steps performed by the above processing module.
  • the present application provides a communication device that can be used to perform the steps performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
  • the communication device can The functions in the foregoing methods are implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • the communication device may include a communication module and a processing module coupled with each other.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver, a memory, a processor, etc. coupled with each other.
  • the communication module may receive second path information of the terminal device, the path information management network element obtains the second path information of the terminal device, and the second path information includes the target access network Device information and a path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, where the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; communication;
  • the module sends the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  • the second path information further includes part or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
  • the communication module may receive the second path information from the NVAF.
  • the second path information may be sent by NVAF or RAN OAM through NVAF to the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the steps executed by the above processing module may be executed by the processor, and the steps executed by the above communication module may be executed by the transceiver.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing a program for the processor to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the above processing module.
  • the present application provides a communication device that can be used to execute the steps performed by the first access network device in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the communication device can use hardware Structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules are used to implement the functions in the above methods.
  • the communication device may include a communication module and a processing module coupled with each other.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver, a memory, a processor, etc. coupled with each other.
  • the communication module may receive second path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes information of the target access network device and a path identifier corresponding to the target access network device,
  • the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device;
  • the processing module determines the internal location information of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device
  • the processing module may be based on the second correspondence and the first access network device
  • the corresponding path identifier determines the location information of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device
  • the second correspondence includes location information in the management area of the first access network device Correspondence with the path identifier.
  • the communication module may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the access and mobility management function network element, and the access and mobility management function network element serves the terminal device.
  • the second path information may include some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the processing module may determine the second access network device according to the second path information, and the moving path of the terminal device is from the first access network device.
  • the management area of the connected device enters the management area of the second access network device, and the target access network device includes the second access network device;
  • the communication module sends the The context of the terminal device and the second path information;
  • the communication module receives first information from the second access network device, the first information is used to search for and select the cell of the second access network device; communicate The module sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the second path information is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, and the processing module may determine the sequence according to the sequence The second access network device.
  • the processing module may also determine the second access network device according to the location information of the movement path.
  • the first information may include one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the first information 2.
  • the frequency point of the cell of the access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device Priority; or, the second access network device randomly accesses the preamble sequence.
  • the communication module may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the third access network device, and the movement path of the terminal device enters the management area of the third access network device.
  • the management area of the first access network device may be received from the third access network device, and the movement path of the terminal device enters the management area of the third access network device.
  • the communication module may also receive the context of the terminal device from the third access network device, and send second information to the third access network device, and the second information is used for To search and select the cell of the first access network device.
  • the second information further includes one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the second information A frequency point of the cell of an access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the first access network device Priority; or, the random access preamble sequence of the first access network device.
  • the present application provides a communication system, which may include the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, and/or the sixth aspect.
  • this application provides a computer storage medium in which instructions (or programs) are stored, which when invoked and executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or the first aspect.
  • instructions or programs
  • the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the basic computing product may contain instructions that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the first aspects described above.
  • the method described in the design, or used to implement the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or used to implement the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect The method described.
  • the present application provides a chip or a chip system including the chip, and the chip may include a processor.
  • the chip may also include memory and/or communication modules.
  • the chip can be used to implement the method described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or used to implement the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, Or used to implement the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the chip system may be composed of the above-mentioned chips, or may include the above-mentioned chips and other discrete devices, such as communication modules.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic diagram of a movement path of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 6B is a schematic diagram of a movement path of another terminal device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
  • At least one refers to one or more than one, that is, includes one, two, three and more.
  • Multiple refers to two or more than two, that is, two, three and more.
  • Carrying can mean that a certain message is used to carry certain information or data, or it can mean that a certain message is composed of certain information.
  • Coupling refers to the indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • 5G vertical industries that is, one or some industry sectors in which 5G systems provide network and communication services.
  • this application includes industries such as ports, railways, and factories.
  • UEs in these 5G vertical industries may include mobile devices used in the above industries.
  • Robots mobile robots
  • AGVs automated guided vehicles
  • sensors human control equipment or equipment on vehicles and trains.
  • UEs in vertical industry scenarios generally operate in a certain area, and the moving paths and moving speeds of these UEs are controlled by the vertical industry control center. Therefore, the device behavior of the UE is highly certain.
  • At least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c It can be single or multiple.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include a terminal device 101 and a network device 102.
  • the wireless communication system 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to both low-frequency scenarios (sub 6G) and high-frequency scenarios (above 6G).
  • the application scenarios of the wireless communication system 100 provided by the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited to global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, future fifth-generation system or new wireless (new radio, NR) communication system, etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • the terminal device 101 shown above may include terminal devices in a 5G vertical service scenario.
  • the terminal device 101 may be a user equipment, a terminal (terminal), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal), etc.
  • the terminal device 101 can communicate with one or more of one or more communication systems.
  • a network device communicates and accepts network services provided by the network device.
  • the network device here includes but is not limited to the network device 102 shown in the figure.
  • the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., and the terminal device 101 may also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, and built-in computer. , Or on-board mobile devices.
  • the terminal device 101 may also be a communication chip with a communication module.
  • the network device 102 shown above may include the access network device (or called the access website point) described in this application.
  • the network device 102 may include an access network device.
  • an access network device refers to a device that provides a network access function, such as a radio access network (RAN) base station and so on.
  • the network device 102 may specifically include a base station (base station, BS), or include a base station and a radio resource management device for controlling the base station, etc.
  • the network device 102 may be a relay station (relay device), an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, Wearable devices, base stations in the future 5G network, base stations in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network, or NR base stations, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 102 may also be a communication chip with a communication module.
  • the network device 102 can serve as a RAN base station to provide a wireless network connection to the terminal device 101.
  • the network device 102 can serve as a 4G access network-an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system. system, UMTS) the access network base station in the terrestrial radio access network (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network, E-UTRAN), or the network device 102 can be used as the 5G access network—the access network base station in 5G RAN, Alternatively, the network device 102 may be used as an access network base station in a future wireless communication system.
  • UMTS evolved universal mobile telecommunications system
  • E-UTRAN evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network
  • 5G access network the access network base station in 5G RAN
  • the network device 102 may be used as an access network base station in a future wireless communication system.
  • an exemplary 5G wireless communication system may include a 5G core network 201, and the wireless communication system may also include a 5G access network 202, where the 5G core network 201 and the 5G access network 202 can pass through Interface to achieve interaction.
  • the functional entity used to implement the method involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a network element (such as AMF) and/or terminal equipment in the 5G core network 201.
  • the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device connected to a base station in the 5G access network 202, such as the UE 203 shown in FIG.
  • the network base station 204, the access network base station 204 may be a base station in the 5G access network 202; the terminal device 101 involved in this embodiment of the application may also include a UE connected to a relay, such as the UE 205 shown in FIG. 2, Among them, the UE 205 is connected to a relay station 206, and the relay station 206 is connected to the access network base station 204 through a relay link.
  • the network device 102 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the access network base station 204 in the 5G access network 202 as shown in FIG. 2, or may be connected to the access network base station 204 as shown in FIG. Relay station 206.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates another possible architecture of the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 it is a schematic diagram of the fifth-generation network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture.
  • the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 3 may include three parts, namely a terminal equipment part, a data network (DN), and an operator network part.
  • DN data network
  • the operator network may include network slice selection (NSSF), network exposure function (NEF) network elements, network storage function (network function repository function, NRF) network elements, and policy control functions ( policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, application function (AF) network element, network vision and awareness function (network vision and awareness function, NVAF) network element, Authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, (wireless) connection Access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) and user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network elements, etc.
  • the part other than the (wireless) access network part may be referred to as the core network (CN) part.
  • CN core network
  • the UE as shown in Figure 3 can be a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed on In the air (such as airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the UE may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with wireless transceiving function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, an industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals in, self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, Wireless terminals in a smart city, wireless terminals in a smart home, etc.
  • the terminal device 101 shown in this application may include a UE as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the above-mentioned terminal equipment can establish a connection with the operator's network through an interface (such as N1, etc.) provided by the operator's network, and use services such as data and/or voice provided by the operator's network.
  • the terminal device can also access the DN through the operator's network, and use the operator's service deployed on the DN and/or the service provided by a third party.
  • the aforementioned third party may be a service party other than the operator's network and terminal equipment, and may provide other services such as data and/or voice for the terminal equipment.
  • the specific form of expression of the aforementioned third party can be determined according to actual application scenarios, and is not limited here.
  • Access network equipment refers to equipment that provides wireless communication functions for terminals.
  • Access network equipment includes, but is not limited to: next-generation base stations (gnodeB, gNB) in 5G, evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (node B) B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • next-generation base stations gnodeB, gNB
  • 5G evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (node B) B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS),
  • the above network slicing selection network elements are used to implement flexible selection of network slicing.
  • the network slice selection network element can support a slice selection strategy based on various information such as network slice selection assistance information (network slice selection assistance information, NSSAI), location information, or slice load information, and intelligentization can be realized based on the slice selection strategy The slice selection scheme.
  • the network slice selection network element may store information such as slice selection strategy configured by the operator.
  • the network slice selection network element may be an NSSF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G, the network slice selection network element may still be an NSSF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the mobility management network element shown above is the control plane network element provided by the operator network, and is responsible for the access control and mobility management of the terminal device when accessing the operator network, for example, including the management of the mobile status and the allocation of temporary user identification. Functions such as authentication and authorization of users.
  • mobility management network elements can be AMF network elements.
  • future communications such as the 6th generation (6G)
  • mobility management network elements can still be AMF network elements, or have other names. The application is not limited.
  • the above-mentioned session management network element is a control plane network element provided by an operator network, and is responsible for managing a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session of a terminal device.
  • the PDU session is a channel used to transmit PDUs, and terminal devices need to transmit PDUs to each other through the PDU session and the DN.
  • the PDU session is established, maintained, and deleted by the SMF network element.
  • SMF network elements include session management (such as session establishment, modification and release, including tunnel maintenance between UPF and RAN), UPF network element selection and control, service and session continuity (Service and Session Continuity, SSC) mode selection, Session-related functions such as roaming.
  • the session management network element may be an SMF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G, the session management network element may still be an SMF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network visual perception network element shown above can save the environmental information of the corresponding vertical industry (such as the map data where the vertical industry is located, the layout information of the factory area, etc., which can be obtained from the vertical industry control center), vertical industry
  • the communication network deployment information of the corresponding area (such as the deployment area of the access network equipment, the coverage area of the network cell, etc.), and the movement path of the terminal equipment can also be obtained from the vertical industry control center.
  • the network visual perception network element may be an NVAF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G, the network visual perception network element may still be an NVAF network element or have other names, which is not limited by this application.
  • the user plane network element shown above is a gateway provided by an operator, and a gateway for communication between the operator's network and the DN.
  • UPF network elements include user plane-related functions such as data packet routing and transmission, packet inspection, service usage reporting, quality of service (QoS) processing, lawful monitoring, upstream packet inspection, and downstream packet storage.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the user plane network element may be a UPF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G, the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • DN also called packet data network (PDN)
  • PDN packet data network
  • the operator’s network can be connected to multiple DNs, and multiple services can be deployed on the DN to provide terminal equipment. Services such as data and/or voice.
  • DN is the private network of a smart factory.
  • the sensors installed in the workshop of the smart factory can be terminal devices.
  • the control server of the sensor is deployed in the DN, and the control server can provide services for the sensors.
  • the sensor can communicate with the control server, obtain instructions from the control server, and transmit the collected sensor data to the control server according to the instructions.
  • a DN is an internal office network of a company.
  • the mobile phones or computers of employees of the company can be terminal devices, and the mobile phones or computers of employees can access information and data resources on the company's internal office network.
  • the data management network element is the control plane network element provided by the operator, and is responsible for storing the subscriber permanent identifier (SUPI), credential, and security context of the subscribers in the operator’s network. context), contract data and other information.
  • the information stored in UDM network elements can be used for authentication and authorization of terminal equipment accessing the operator's network.
  • the contracted users of the above-mentioned operator's network may specifically be users who use the services provided by the operator's network, such as users who use China Telecom's mobile phone core card, or users who use China Mobile's mobile phone core card.
  • the SUPI of the aforementioned subscriber can be the number of the mobile phone core card, etc.
  • the credential and security context of the aforementioned subscriber may be a small file stored such as the encryption key of the mobile phone core card or information related to the encryption of the mobile phone core card for authentication and/or authorization.
  • the aforementioned security context may be data (cookie) or token (token) stored on the user's local terminal (for example, mobile phone).
  • the contract data of the aforementioned subscriber may be the supporting service of the mobile phone core card, such as the data package of the mobile phone core card or the use of the network. It should be noted that permanent identifiers, credentials, security contexts, authentication data (cookies), and tokens are equivalent to information related to authentication and authorization. In this application file of the present invention, no distinction or restriction is made for the convenience of description.
  • the data management network element may be a UDM network element.
  • the data management network element may still be a UDM network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network open network element is the control plane network element provided by the operator.
  • NEF network elements open the external interface of the operator's network to third parties in a safe manner.
  • the SMF network element needs to communicate with a third-party network element
  • the NEF network element can serve as a relay for the communication between the SMF network element and the third-party network element.
  • the NEF network element can be used as the translation of the identification information of the subscriber and the translation of the identification information of the third-party network element. For example, when NEF sends the SUPI of the subscriber from the operator network to the third party, it can translate the SUPI into its corresponding external identity (identity, ID).
  • the NEF network element when it sends the external ID (third-party network element ID) to the operator's network, it can be translated into SUPI.
  • the network open network element may be a NEF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G, the network open network element may still be a NEF network element or have other names, which is not limited by this application.
  • the policy control network element is a control plane function provided by the operator for providing a PDU session policy to the SMF network element.
  • Policies can include charging-related policies, QoS-related policies, and authorization-related policies.
  • the policy control network element may be a PCF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G, the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Nnssf, Nnef, Nausf, Nnrf, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nnvaf, Nsmf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers.
  • the meaning of these interface serial numbers can refer to the meaning defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, which is not limited here.
  • the network visual perception network element in this application may be the NVAF network element shown in FIG. 3, or may be a network element having the function of the above-mentioned NVAF network element in a future communication system.
  • the access network equipment in this application may be the RAN equipment in FIG. 3, or may be a network element having the function of the above-mentioned RAN equipment in a future communication system.
  • the AMF network element is referred to as AMF
  • the NVAF network element is referred to as NVAF
  • the RAN device is referred to as RAN
  • the terminal device is referred to as UE.
  • the network device 102 shown in FIG. 1 above can be used as the access network device in the (R)AN in the 5G wireless communication system shown in FIG. 3, and the terminal device 101 can access the 5G network through the network device 102.
  • the wireless communication system provided in the embodiment of the present application may have an architecture as shown in FIG. 4.
  • the vertical industry control center also known as the control center
  • the vertical industry control center refers to the management equipment used to control the movement path and speed of the control terminal equipment in the vertical industry (such as in the 4G vertical industry).
  • the vertical industry control center It can be used to formulate the moving path and moving speed of the terminal device according to the type of the terminal device or the terminal device identification (used to identify the terminal device) and other information, so that the terminal device can move according to predetermined rules or perform corresponding operations.
  • the vertical industry control center can also specify the moving speed of the terminal device and when to start moving, so that it can control the terminal device to move into and/or move out of a specific area at a predetermined time.
  • the UE in the vertical industry as shown in FIG. 4 can access the AMF of the core network through an access network device (such as a RAN site) to obtain network services.
  • the terminal devices described herein may be of different types.
  • the terminal device may be a non-mobile device or a mobile device, or it may be a car, an aircraft, or a robot.
  • the type of terminal device is related to the behavior characteristics of the terminal device. For example, if the terminal device is a non-mobile device, a device with a slow moving speed, or a device with a short moving distance, the terminal device generally does not switch to the access network device.
  • the vertical industry control center may identify the type of terminal device through the type identification of the terminal device or other type information.
  • the type of terminal equipment can be distinguished according to the group ID of the terminal equipment.
  • the vertical industry control center can configure the same group identifier for the same type of terminal equipment, or use the type identifier of the terminal equipment as the group identifier. .
  • this application does not limit the number of UEs in vertical industries that access the wireless communication system.
  • the UEs in a limited number of vertical industries shown in FIG. 4 are merely examples and should not be construed as a reference to the implementation of this application. limits.
  • this application does not limit the manner in which UEs in vertical industries connect to access network devices. For example, each UE can be connected to one access network device, or multiple UEs can access the same access network device.
  • the connection relationship between the UE and the access network device shown in FIG. 4 is only an example, and should not be understood as a limitation to the implementation manner of the present application.
  • the NVAF shown in FIG. 4 can be used in this application to obtain the first path information of the terminal device from the vertical industry control center, and the first path information may include the movement path of the terminal device.
  • the vertical industry control center can be used as AF to interact with NVAF.
  • the first path information of the terminal device may specifically include the identification indicating the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device (for example, the geographical coordinates of the movement path or the identification indication corresponding to the movement path), the movement time of the terminal device, and the terminal device Some or all of the information about the moving speed or the type information of the terminal device.
  • the wireless communication system may further include management equipment for access network equipment, such as RAN operation administration and maintenance (OAM) equipment.
  • the RAN OAM can interact with the NVAF through the interface with the NVAF.
  • this application uses RAN OAM as an example to describe the operations performed by the management equipment of the access network equipment, but it should not be understood that this application can only use RAN OAM as the management equipment of the access network equipment in the implementation.
  • the management device of the access network device can still be a RAN OAM network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • this application provides a UE management method. As shown in FIG. 5, the method may include the following steps shown in S101 to S104:
  • the vertical industry control center sends first path information of the terminal device to the path information management network element, where the first path information includes location information of the movement path of the terminal device.
  • the path information management network element receives the first path information from the terminal device of the vertical industry control center.
  • the path information management network element obtains second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device.
  • the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path ID corresponding to the target access network device, the path ID corresponding to the target access network device and the terminal device in the target access network Corresponds to the movement path within the management area of the device. It can be understood that the management area of each target access network device covers or partially covers the movement path of the terminal device.
  • the path information management network element sends the second path information of the terminal device to the first access network device, the target access network device includes the first access network device, and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the Path identifier corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second path information of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device determines the location information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the path information management network element can obtain the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of each access network device, and instruct the access network device to manage the terminal device in the access network device by way of path identification.
  • the movement path within the area. Since the path identifier corresponding to the target access network corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device, when sending the second path information of the terminal device to the target access network, the target access network device may The corresponding path identifier determines the movement path of the terminal device in its own management area, and realizes the encrypted instruction of the movement path of the terminal.
  • the first path information of the terminal device may include some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the location information of the movement path of the terminal device, and the movement of the terminal device. Time, the moving speed of the terminal device or the type information of the terminal device.
  • the identification of the terminal device can be used to indicate the terminal device associated with the movement path, and the identification of the terminal device can include the SUPI of the UE or other identification can be used to uniquely determine the identification of the terminal device in the current growth scenario.
  • the movement path of the terminal device refers to the route that the terminal device moves in the current vertical industry scenario, and the route may pass through the management area of one or more access network devices in the scenario.
  • the location information of the moving path of the terminal device can be expressed by the geographic coordinates of the moving path. For example, when the vertical industry control center controls the terminal device to move according to the moving path, it can indicate the moving path represented by continuous or discontinuous geographic coordinates to the terminal. equipment.
  • the mark points (for example, a workshop, factory building, intersection, or pre-set mark positions, etc.) of the alternative movement path can also be marked in advance (for example, the mark of one or more mark points passing through), Therefore, the vertical industry control center can also instruct the terminal device to move according to the movement path corresponding to the identification through the identification of one or more landmark points.
  • the position information of the movement path of the terminal device may include the identification of one or more landmark points.
  • the movement path of the terminal device may also include the movement direction of the terminal device. For example, when the movement path is represented by geographic coordinates, the first geographic coordinate may indicate the starting point of the moving path, and the last geographic coordinate may indicate the end point of the moving path.
  • the mark of the previous mark point can be used to indicate the mark point passed by the terminal device
  • the mark of the subsequent mark point can be used to indicate the mark passed by the terminal device.
  • the first path information carries the identification ID 1 and ID 2 of the path identification mark point
  • the position carried by ID 1 is first, which means that the terminal device first passes the mark point identified by ID 1 and the position carried by ID 2 is After that, it means that the terminal device passes through the landmark point identified by ID 2 and the first path information may indicate that the terminal device moves from the landmark point identified by ID 1 to the landmark point identified by ID 2.
  • the above mobile time of the terminal device can be used to indicate when the terminal device starts to move.
  • the movement time of the terminal device can also be used to indicate the time when the terminal device moves to and/or leaves a certain position on the movement path.
  • the moving time of the terminal device can also be used to indicate the time when the terminal device moves to and/or leaves a certain area.
  • the above moving speed of the terminal device can be used to indicate the speed of the terminal device moving along the moving path.
  • the terminal device can move at an even speed according to the moving speed, or move at different speeds in different path segments, which is not specifically limited in this application. According to the moving speed of the terminal device combined with the moving time of the terminal device, it can be determined when the terminal device moves to and/or leaves the management area of a certain access network device.
  • the above type information of the terminal device may include the type identifier of the terminal device or other information that can be used to indicate the type of the terminal device, such as a group identifier or other type indication information. According to the type information of the terminal device, it can be determined whether the terminal device is moving, or the speed of the terminal device moving. The type information of the terminal device can also be used to indicate whether the access network device serving the terminal device needs to be switched during the operation.
  • the path information management network element may determine the connection according to the first correspondence and the position information of the terminal device's movement path within the management area of the target access network device.
  • Path identifier corresponding to the connected device.
  • the first correspondence may include the information of the access network device (such as the identification of the access network device or the location information of the access network device), the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identification.
  • the location information in the management area of the access network device described herein may include all or part of the location information (such as geographic coordinates and/or location) of the road that can be used by the terminal device in the management area of the access network device. Identification), location information of landmarks passing by (such as geographic coordinates and/or identification of landmarks) or other information that can be used to indicate location.
  • the above first correspondence can be represented by a correspondence table between the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identifier. Among them, different access network equipment can be distinguished by the information of the access network equipment.
  • the correspondence table can be as shown in Table 1.
  • K1, K11, and K111 in Table 1 above represent landmark points
  • K2, K3, K4, K5, and L5 represent roads, respectively.
  • the terminal devices indicated by the same path identifier have different moving paths in the management areas of different access network devices.
  • the path ID "path ID_1" can be used to indicate that the mobile path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 is from the mark point K1 to the mark point K11 and finally to the mark point K111
  • the access network device gNB_1 is the terminal
  • the access network equipment that the equipment passes through is the target access network equipment.
  • the path ID "path ID_1" can also be used to indicate that the moving path in the management area of the access network device gNB_2 is K2.
  • the access network device gNB_2 is the access network device through which the terminal device passes, that is, the target access network device. Therefore, when the path information management network element sends path ID_1 to the access network device gNB_1, the access network device gNB_1 can determine according to Table 2 that the mobile path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 is reached by the marker point K1 The mark point K11 finally reaches the mark point K111. Similarly, when the path information management network element sends path ID_1 to the access network device gNB_2, the access network device gNB_2 can determine that the terminal device is in the management area of the access network device gNB_2 The moving path is K2. Specifically, the movement path within the management area of the access network equipment such as K1, K2, etc. may be represented by geographic coordinates indicating the starting point, the end point and one or a group of intermediate points of the path.
  • the access network device may determine the position information of the movement path of the terminal device within the management area managed by the terminal device according to the second correspondence relationship and the second path information of the terminal device, wherein the second correspondence relationship Including the corresponding relationship between the location information and the path identifier in the management area of the access network device.
  • the correspondence table can be as shown in Table 2.
  • Path identification The movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 path ID_1 K1, K11, K111 path ID_2 K3 path ID_3 K5
  • the foregoing second correspondence relationship is only stored in the access network device associated with the second correspondence relationship.
  • the path identifier and the movement path table of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 shown in Table 2 are only stored in the access network device gNB_1, and other access network devices are not stored in this table.
  • the second correspondence is included in the first correspondence.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the movement path "K1, K11, K111" in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 is the path identifier path ID_1.
  • the path identifier for the moving path "K1, K11, K111" in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 shown in 1 is the path identifier path ID_1.
  • the first correspondence described in this application can be sent to the path information management network element by a vertical industry control center such as NVAF, or by an access network management device such as RAN OAM.
  • the first correspondence may also be pre-configured in the path information management network element.
  • the above second correspondence can be sent to the access network device by RAN OAM, NVAF, or other network elements in the network.
  • it can also be stored in the access network device in a pre-configured manner.
  • the path information management network element can determine the management area of the terminal device based on the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices and the first path information of the terminal device.
  • One or more access network devices to which these management areas belong may be referred to as target access network devices in this application.
  • the management area of the access network equipment may refer to the area covered by the network cell (or cell) of the access network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment can access the cell of the access network equipment. .
  • the path information management network element can store the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices, for example, store the correspondence between the identification of the access network device and the location information of the coverage area of the management area, and the location information of the management area
  • the location information of the coverage area may include geographic coordinate information of the coverage area, or an identification (such as a serial number) representation of the coverage area.
  • the location information of the management area of the access network device described in this application can be sent to the path information management network element by the vertical industry control center such as NVAF, or by the access network management device such as RAN OAM.
  • the location information of the management area of the access network device may be stored in the path information management network element in a pre-configured manner.
  • the access network device to which the management area belongs may be used as the target access network device corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the mobile path of terminal device A in the vertical industry scenario is represented as A1
  • the cell coverage of access network device B is B1
  • the access network device B is the target access network device.
  • the mobile path of terminal device C in the vertical industry scenario is represented as C1
  • the cell coverage of access network device D is D1
  • the cell coverage of access network device E is E1
  • D1 and E1 both partially cover C1.
  • the access network devices D and E can be used as target access network devices.
  • the path information management network element can also determine the order in which the terminal device accesses each target access network device according to the location information of the management area of the target access network device. order. Specifically, NVAF can determine the target access network device to which the management area that the terminal device passes first on the moving path of the terminal device belongs to, as the target access network device that the terminal device first accesses, and the location of the management area that the terminal device passes after on the moving path.
  • the attribution target access network device is the target access network device that is accessed after the terminal device.
  • the moving path C1 first passes through D1 and then enters E1, so the access network device D is the target terminal device that terminal device C accesses first, and the access network device E is the target terminal device that terminal device C accesses later .
  • the path information management network element may determine the movement path of the terminal device within the management area of the target access network device according to the location information of the management area of the target access network device and the first path information of the terminal device .
  • the movement path of the terminal device C in the management area of the access network device D is positions Ca to Cc
  • the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device E is positions Cb to Cd
  • the terminal device positions Ca, Cb, Cc, and Cd are all approach points of the movement path C1.
  • the location information of the locations Ca and Cc may be used to indicate the movement path of the terminal device C in the management area of the access network device D, and/or the location information of the locations Cb and Cd may be used to indicate that the terminal device is at The movement path within the management area of the access network equipment E.
  • the location information of Ca here can include the coordinate information of Ca, or include the logo of the landmark point (such as factory building, workshop, or intersection) where Ca is located, or include the logo of Ca (such as Ca is a landmark) ).
  • the path information management network element may determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network according to the aforementioned method. For example, the path information management network element may determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device according to the first correspondence and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network.
  • the first path information may also include the location information of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device, so that the path information management network element can determine the management of the access network device that the terminal device is passing through according to the first path information The movement path within the area.
  • NVAF or RAN OAM can determine the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device according to the first path information of the terminal device and the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices.
  • the specific method is
  • the path information management network element can refer to the method for determining the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device.
  • NVAF or RAN OAM can carry the location information of the movement path, such as coordinates, in the first path information. Or geographic location identifier.
  • the second path information of the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also include the identification of the terminal device, the location information of the mobile path of the terminal device, the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device, and / Or part or all of the information in the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device.
  • the path information management network element can determine the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device and/or the terminal device leaves according to the movement path of the terminal device, and the movement time of the terminal device and/or the movement speed of the terminal device The time of the management area of the target access network device.
  • the second path information of the terminal device may also include type information of the terminal device, for example, the type identification of the terminal device.
  • the type information of the terminal equipment can be used in the network (core network equipment and/or access network equipment) for corresponding configuration. For example, when the type information of the terminal device indicates that the terminal device does not need to switch the access network device, the AMF and/or the access network device serving the terminal device can be configured according to the type information of the terminal device, such as the configuration does not support the terminal The equipment switches the access network equipment; when the type information of the terminal equipment indicates that the terminal equipment is moving faster, the AMF and/or the access network equipment serving the terminal equipment can be configured according to the type information of the terminal equipment to support The terminal equipment performs switching of the access network equipment with a higher frequency.
  • the second path information may also carry the movement path of the terminal device, where the movement path of the terminal device refers to the complete movement path of the terminal device in the current vertical industry scenario, and the movement path may include the movement path of the terminal device at one or more targets.
  • the movement path of the terminal device C may include coordinate points Ca to Cd. Therefore, according to the second path information, the access network device serving the terminal device can determine when the terminal device moves out of the access network according to the movement path of the terminal device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device. The management area of the device.
  • the access network device can also determine which target access network device the terminal device moves into the management area of the target access network device from its own management area according to the movement path of the terminal device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of other target access network equipment. In order to initiate a handover request for the terminal device to the target access network device.
  • the second path information of the terminal device may also include the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device. For example, if the second path information of the terminal device successively carries the identifiers of the access network device a, the access network device b, and the access network device c, then the second path information indicates the movement path of the terminal device, which passes through the access network sequentially. Management area of equipment a, access network equipment b, and access network equipment c. Exemplarily, the sequence is consistent with the sequence in which the terminal device accesses multiple target access network devices.
  • the access network device serving the terminal device can determine the mobile location of the terminal device according to the sequence to determine the next access network device.
  • the access network device sends a handover request to the access network device.
  • the second path information of the terminal device may include the identification of each target access network device, and the terminal device moves to or leaves each target access network.
  • the second path information of the terminal device at this time can carry the identification of each target access network through, for example, the list shown in Table 3, and the terminal device moves to or leaves the management area of each target access network.
  • the target terminal equipment to which the management area of the movement path of the terminal equipment belongs can be represented by the identifiers gNB_1, gNB_2, and gNB_3, respectively.
  • the index shown in Table 3 can be used to indicate the order in which the terminal device accesses the target access network.
  • indexes 1 to 3 can respectively indicate the first, second, and third access network devices of the terminal device, namely The terminal device first accesses gNB_1, then switches from gNB_1 to gNB_2, and finally switches from gNB_2 to gNB_3; or index 1 to 3 can indicate the third, second, and first access network devices of the terminal device respectively, namely The terminal device first accesses gNB_3, then switches from gNB_3 to gNB_2, and finally switches from gNB_2 to gNB_1.
  • t_1/t_2 respectively indicate the time when the terminal device moves to/leaves the target access network indicated by gNB_1.
  • t_3/t_4 respectively indicate the time when the terminal device moves to/leaves the target access network indicated by gNB_2.
  • t_5/t_6 respectively indicate the time when the terminal device moves to/leaves the target access network indicated by gNB_3.
  • the movement path of the terminal device within the management area of the target access network indicated by gNB_1 can be expressed as L1.
  • the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network indicated by gNB_2 can be expressed as L2.
  • the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network indicated by gNB_3 can be expressed as L3.
  • Table 3 is only an example of part of the information that may be carried by the second path information of the terminal device, and this application is not limited to the second path information using the table shown in Table 1 to carry the above information.
  • the above information can also be carried in other possible ways, and the second path information can also carry other information other than the content shown in Table 1 above that can be included in the second path information, such as the identification of the terminal device and/or the terminal device Type information and so on.
  • the path information management network element may send the second path information of the terminal device to the first access network device through the AMF serving the terminal device.
  • the path information management network element sends the second path information of the terminal device to the AMF serving the terminal device, and the AMF transfers the second path information of the terminal device through the interface between the AMF and the first access network device Send to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device serving the terminal device can obtain the second path information of the terminal device. According to the second path information, the first access network device can learn that the terminal device is in the first The mobile path within the management area of the access network device can provide more effective network support for the terminal device. For example, the access network device can learn that the terminal device is about to move out of its management area based on the movement path, so as to determine the need to perform Cell handover of terminal equipment.
  • the path information management network element may include NVAF or RAN OAM as shown in Figure 4.
  • the following describes the UE management method provided by this application when the path information management network element includes NVAF with the flow shown in FIG. 7.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • the vertical industry control center provides the first path information of the UE to the NVAF.
  • the first path information includes the UE identifier and the first path information of the UE.
  • the first path information of the UE further includes part or all of the UE's moving time, moving speed, or UE type information.
  • the NVAF receives the first path information of the UE.
  • the NVAF determines the access network equipment that the UE passes through and the movement path of the UE in the management area of the access network equipment according to the location information of the management area of one or more access network equipment and the first path information of the UE, and According to the movement path and the first corresponding relationship, a path identifier corresponding to the access network device is determined, and the path identifier is used to indicate the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device.
  • the location information of the management area of the access network equipment such as the cell coverage information of the access network equipment, can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM.
  • the first correspondence can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM.
  • the NVAF sends the second path information of the UE to the AMF serving the UE.
  • the NVAF may send a UE access configuration request (UE access configure request) message to the AMF, which carries the second path information of the UE.
  • the NVAF receives the second path information of the UE.
  • the second path information of the UE may include the identifier of the access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the access network device.
  • the second path information may also include the path information of the UE or part or all of the information in the identifier of the UE when the UE enters and/or leaves the management area of the access network device.
  • the AMF sends the second path information of the UE to the access network device serving the UE.
  • the AMF may send core network assistance information (CN assistance information) to the access network device, which carries the second path information of the UE.
  • the access network device receives the second path information of the UE.
  • CN assistance information core network assistance information
  • the access network device determines the movement path of the UE in the management area managed by the access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the access network device and the second correspondence.
  • the access network device receives a feedback message to the AMF to indicate that the second path information is received.
  • the AMF receives the reception feedback message sent by the access network device.
  • the AMF confirms to the NVAF that the configuration of the second path information of the UE in the access network device has been completed according to the received feedback message of the access network device.
  • the AMF may send a UE access configuration response (UE access configure response) message to the NVAF, which carries indication information used to indicate that the second path information of the UE has been configured.
  • UE access configuration response UE access configure response
  • the NVAF receives the UE access configuration response message.
  • S208 The NVAF sends a message to the vertical industry control center to confirm that the second path information of the UE has been configured. This step is optional.
  • the method for UE network access management may include the following steps:
  • the vertical industry control center provides the first path information of the UE to the NVAF.
  • the first path information includes the UE identifier and the movement path information described by coordinates.
  • the first path information of the UE also includes part or all of the information such as the expected moving time and moving speed of the UE, whether to support service continuity, or the type identification of the UE.
  • the NVAF receives the first path information of the UE.
  • the NVAF provides the first path information of the UE to the RAN OAM.
  • the RAN OAM receives the first path information of the UE.
  • RAN OAM is based on the location information of the management area of one or more access network equipment and the first path information of the UE, the access network equipment the UE passes through and the movement path of the UE in the management area of the access network equipment, and According to the movement path and the first corresponding relationship, a path identifier corresponding to the access network device is determined, and the path identifier is used to indicate the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device.
  • the location information of the management area of the access network equipment such as the cell coverage information of the access network equipment, can be pre-configured in the RAN OAM, or sent to the RAN OAM by the vertical industry control center.
  • the first correspondence can be pre-configured in the RAN OAM, or sent by the vertical industry control center to the RAN OAM.
  • the RAN OAM sends the second path information of the UE to the NVAF.
  • the NVAF receives the second path information of the UE.
  • the second path information may include the identifier of the access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the access network device.
  • the second path information may also include the path information of the UE or part or all of the information in the identifier of the UE when the UE enters and/or leaves the management area of the access network device.
  • the NVAF sends the second path information of the UE to the AMF serving the UE.
  • the NVAF may send a UE access configuration request message to the AMF, which carries the second path information of the UE.
  • the AMF sends the second path information of the UE to the access network device serving the UE.
  • the AMF may send the core network auxiliary information to the access network device, which carries the second path information of the UE.
  • the access network device receives the second path information of the UE.
  • the access network device determines the movement path of the UE in the management area managed by the access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the access network device and the second correspondence.
  • the access network device receives a feedback message to the AMF to indicate that the second path information is received.
  • the AMF receives the reception feedback message sent by the access network device.
  • the AMF confirms to the NVAF that the second path information of the UE has been configured.
  • the AMF may send a UE access configuration response (UE access configure response) to the NVAF, which carries indication information used to indicate that the second path information of the UE has been configured.
  • UE access configure response UE access configure response
  • NVAF receives the access configuration response message.
  • S310 The NVAF sends a message to the vertical industry control center to confirm that the configuration of the second path information of the UE in the access network device has been completed. This step is optional.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also update the second path information configured by the access network device after the first path information of the UE changes.
  • the reason for the change of the first path information of the UE may be that the vertical industry control center changes part or all of the information such as the moving path, moving time, moving speed, or UE type of the UE.
  • the path information management network element may obtain the updated first path information of the UE from the vertical industry control center, and determine the updated second path information of the UE based on the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and update the UE
  • the second path information of the UE is sent to the access network device serving the UE, and the access network device of the UE can replace the previously stored second path information of the UE according to the updated second path information of the UE, so that the first path information of the UE is
  • the configuration of the access network device can be updated, so that the access network device can manage the UE according to the updated second path information.
  • the process shown in Figure 9 is taken as an example to illustrate the process.
  • the process may include the following steps:
  • the vertical industry control center provides the updated first path information of the UE to the NVAF.
  • the first path information may include the UE identifier and the updated movement path information described by coordinates.
  • the updated first path information of the UE may also include some or all of the following updated information: the expected moving time and moving speed of the UE, whether to support service continuity, or the type identification of the UE.
  • the NVAF receives the updated first path information of the UE from the vertical industry control center.
  • the NVAF determines the access network equipment that the updated UE passes through and the UE is in the management area of the access network equipment according to the location information of one or more management areas of the access network equipment and the updated first path information of the UE.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the updated access network device is determined according to the moving path and the first corresponding relationship, and the path identifier is used to indicate that the terminal device is in the management area of the access network device after the update Path of movement.
  • the location information of the management area of the access network equipment such as the cell coverage information of the access network equipment, can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM.
  • the first correspondence can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM.
  • the NVAF sends the updated second path information of the UE to the AMF serving the UE.
  • the NVAF may send a UE access configuration request message to the AMF, which carries the updated second path information of the UE.
  • the AMF receives the updated second path information of the UE from the NVAF.
  • the updated second path information of the UE may include the identifier of the updated access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the updated access network device.
  • the updated second path information of the UE may also include the updated path information of the UE or part or all of the information in the identity of the UE when the UE enters and/or leaves the management area of the access network device.
  • the AMF sends the updated second path information of the UE to the access network device serving the UE.
  • the AMF may send core network auxiliary information to the access network device, which carries the updated second path information of the UE.
  • the access network device receives the updated second path information of the UE from the AMF.
  • the access network device determines the updated movement path of the UE within the management area of the access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the updated access network device and the second correspondence, and replaces the previously stored location of the UE.
  • the access network device sends a reception feedback message to the AMF to indicate that the updated second path information of the UE is received.
  • the AMF receives the reception feedback message sent by the access network device.
  • the AMF confirms to the NVAF that the configuration of the updated second path information of the UE in the access network device has been completed.
  • the AMF may send a UE access configuration response (UE access configure response) to the NVAF, which carries indication information used to indicate that the updated second path information of the UE has been configured.
  • UE access configure response UE access configure response
  • NVAF receives the UE access configuration response message sent by AMF.
  • the NVAF sends a message to the vertical industry control center to confirm that the updated second path information of the UE has been configured in the access network device.
  • the first access network device currently serving the terminal device may also request the second access network device to perform network switching of the terminal device according to the second path information of the terminal device, where: After the location movement occurs, the terminal device is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, that is, the first access network device is the access network device that the terminal device is currently accessing, and the second access network device is The access network device that the terminal device accesses next hop.
  • the first access network device may determine the next terminal device's next connection based on the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management areas of multiple target access network devices in the second path information.
  • the incoming access network device is the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may access location information of the terminal device in the second path information, the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device, and the terminal device's access to other destinations.
  • the movement path in the management area of the network device determines the next access network device that the terminal device accesses, that is, the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may send a conditional handover request message to the second access network device to make the second access network device prepare for terminal device switching, such as admission control and Conditional switch configuration.
  • the conditional switching request message may carry part or all of the identification of the terminal device, the second path information of the terminal device, the context (UE context) of the terminal device, or the type information of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device may send one or more of the following conditional handover configuration information to the first access network device: the information belonging to the second access network device The cell identifier, the frequency of the cell belonging to the second access network device, the priority of the terminal device allowed to access the second access network device, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device, or the second Random access preamble of the access network equipment.
  • the first access network device can provide the above conditional configuration information to the terminal device. For example, it sends a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) configuration request (RRC configuration request) message to the terminal device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the conditional configuration information searches and selects network cells to access the second access network device.
  • conditional switching request may carry the second path information of the terminal device, so that the second access network device stores the second path information of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device may determine, according to the second path information, the target access network device to which the next management area that the terminal device enters after leaving the management area of the second access network belongs, so as to request the access network device to perform Preparation for handover of terminal equipment.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device accesses the first access network device, where the first access network device stores second path information of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device may obtain and store the second path information according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first access network device determines the second access network device according to the second path information, and after a position movement occurs, the terminal device is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device sends a conditional switching request message to the second access network device, where the conditional switching request message is used to request the second terminal device to perform advance configuration on the upcoming switching of the terminal device.
  • the condition switching request message may include part or all of the identification of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device, and the second path information of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device receives the conditional switching request message.
  • the second access network device may determine the position information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the second access network device according to the second path information of the terminal device For example, the second access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the second access network device in the second path information, and the path identifier stored by the second access network device and the value in the management area of the second access network device The correspondence between the location information determines the location information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the second access network device.
  • S504 The second access network device performs admission control and conditional switching configuration.
  • the second access network device sends a conditional handover response (conditional handover response) message to the first access network device, which carries conditional handover configuration information.
  • the conditional handover configuration information includes the cell identity belonging to the second access network device, the cell frequency of the second access network device, the priority that the terminal device is allowed to access, and the cell belonging to the second access network device The handover threshold or random access to some or all of the information in the preamble sequence.
  • the first access network device receives the conditional switching request message.
  • the first access network device sends an RRC configuration request message to the terminal device, which carries condition configuration information.
  • the terminal device receives the RRC configuration request message.
  • S507 The terminal device sends an RRC configuration response message to the first access network device to receive feedback.
  • the terminal device searches for and selects a network cell according to the conditional configuration information in the RRC configuration request message.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC connection request (RRC connection request) message to the second access network device to request the network cell indicated by the access condition configuration information.
  • RRC connection request RRC connection request
  • the second access network device receives the RRC connection request message.
  • the second access network device establishes an RRC connection with the terminal device in response to the RRC connection request message, and sends an RRC connection response (RRC connection response) message to the terminal device to indicate completion of the handover of the terminal device.
  • RRC connection response RRC connection response
  • an embodiment of the application also provides a communication device, which can have the function of the path information management network element (including NVAF/RAN OAM) in the above method embodiment, and It can be used to execute the steps provided by the path information management network element provided in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions can be realized by hardware, or by software or hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 can be used as the path information management network element involved in the foregoing method embodiment, and execute the steps performed by the path information management network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1100 may include a communication module 1101 and a processing module 1102, and the communication module 1101 and the data transmission module 1102 are mutually coupled.
  • the communication module 1101 can be used to support the communication device 1100 to communicate
  • the processing module 1102 can be used to support the communication device 1100 to perform the processing actions in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication module 1101 can be used to receive first path information from a terminal device of a vertical industry control center, where the first path information includes location information of the moving path of the terminal device; processing module 1102 Can be used to obtain second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path corresponding to the target access network device ID, the path ID corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the moving path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; the communication module 1101 may also be used to send to the first access network device According to the second path information, the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  • the processing module 1102 when the processing module 1102 obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it may determine according to the first path information of the terminal device and the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices The target access network device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device.
  • the processing module 1102 when it obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it can be based on the information of the target access network device and the movement of the terminal device within the management area of the target access network device.
  • the path and the first correspondence relationship determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, and the first correspondence relationship includes the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identifier. Correspondence between.
  • the communication module 1101 may receive the first correspondence from the access network management device.
  • the communication module 1101 may receive location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
  • the first path information specifically includes some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device, the movement time of the terminal device, the The moving speed of the terminal device, or some or all of the information in the type information of the terminal device.
  • the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second path information is also used to indicate: the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device .
  • the path information management network element includes NVAF
  • the communication module 1101 may send the second path information to the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device, and the access And the mobility management function network element sends the second path information to the first access network device.
  • the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the communication module 1101 may receive the first path information from the NVAF.
  • the path information management network element includes RAN OAM
  • the communication module 1101 can send the second path information to the NVAF; the second path information can be accessed by the NVAF to the first Or, the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first access network device through an access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device.
  • the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application may also be composed of hardware components, such as a processor, a memory, or a transceiver.
  • the communication device 1200 may include a transceiver 1201, a memory 1202, and a processor 1203.
  • the transceiver 1201 can be used for communication with a communication device, for example, for sending or receiving signals.
  • the memory 1202 is coupled with the processor 1203, and is used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 1200 to implement various functions.
  • the processor 1203 is configured to support the communication device 1200 to perform the corresponding processing functions in the foregoing method, such as generating information and messages sent by the transceiver 1201, and/or demodulating and decoding signals received by the transceiver 1201, and so on.
  • the above memory 1202 and processor 1203 may be integrated or independent of each other.
  • the transceiver 1201 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication device 1200 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface.
  • the transceiver 1201 may also be referred to as a transceiving unit or a communication unit.
  • the transceiver may also be an interface, such as an interface used for communication between network elements in a core network.
  • the above memory 1202 may also be externally connected to the communication device 1200. In this case, the communication device 1200 may only include the transceiver 1201 and the processor 1203.
  • the steps executed by the above processing module 1102 can be executed by the processor 1203, and the steps executed by the above communication module 1101 can be executed by the transceiver 1201.
  • the memory 1202 may be used to store a program for the processor 1203 to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the processing module 1102 above.
  • the communication device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 can be used as the access and mobility management function network element involved in the above method embodiment, and executes the access and mobility management function network element (including AMF) in the above method embodiment. ) The steps performed.
  • the communication device 1300 may include a communication module 1301 and a processing module 1302, and the communication module 1301 and the data transmission module 1302 are coupled with each other.
  • the communication module 1301 may be used to support the communication device 1300 to communicate
  • the processing module 1302 may be used to support the communication device 1300 to perform corresponding processing actions.
  • the communication module 1301 may receive second path information of the terminal device, the path information management network element obtains the second path information of the terminal device, and the second path information includes the target access network device And the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the moving path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; communication module 1301 sends the second path information to a first access network device, where the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  • the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
  • the communication module 1301 may receive the second path information from the NVAF.
  • the second path information may be sent to the communication module 1301 by NVAF or by RAN OAM through NVAF.
  • the communication device 1400 may include a transceiver 1401, a memory 1402, and a processor 1403.
  • the transceiver 1401 can be used for communication with a communication device, for example, for sending or receiving signals.
  • the memory 1402 is coupled with the processor 1403, and is used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 1400 to implement various functions.
  • the processor 1403 is configured to support the communication device 1400 to perform corresponding processing functions in the foregoing methods, such as generating information and messages sent by the transceiver 1401, and/or demodulating and decoding signals received by the transceiver 1401, and so on.
  • the above memory 1402 and the processor 1403 may be integrated or independent of each other.
  • the transceiver 1401 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication device 1400 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface.
  • the transceiver 1401 may also be referred to as a transceiving unit or a communication unit.
  • the transceiver may also be an interface, such as an interface used for communication between network elements in a core network.
  • the above memory 1402 may also be externally connected to the communication device 1400. In this case, the communication device 1400 may only include the transceiver 1401 and the processor 1403.
  • the steps executed by the above processing module 1302 can be executed by the processor 1403, and the steps executed by the above communication module 1301 can be executed by the transceiver 1401.
  • the memory 1402 may be used to store a program for the processor 1403 to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the processing module 1302 above.
  • the communication device 1500 shown in FIG. 15 can be used as the first access network device involved in the foregoing method embodiment, and executes the first access network device (including gNB_1 and/or gNB_2) in the foregoing method embodiment. ) The steps performed.
  • the communication device 1500 may include a communication module 1501 and a processing module 1502, and the communication module 1501 and the data processing module 1502 are coupled with each other.
  • the communication module 1501 can be used to support the communication device 1500 to communicate
  • the processing module 1502 can be used to support the communication device 1500 to perform corresponding processing actions.
  • the communication module 1501 may receive second path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device; processing
  • the module 1502 determines the location information of the moving path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, and the processing module 1502 may use the second correspondence relationship and the first access network device.
  • the path identifier corresponding to the device determines the location information of the mobile path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device, and the second correspondence relationship includes the location information in the management area of the first access network device The corresponding relationship between the location information and the path identifier.
  • the communication module 1501 may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the access and mobility management function network element, and the access and mobility management function network element serves the terminal device.
  • the second path information may include some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the processing module 1502 may determine the second access network device according to the second path information, and the moving path of the terminal device is from the first The management area of the access network device enters the management area of the second access network device, and the target access network device includes the second access network device; the communication module 1501 sends to the second access network device The context of the terminal device and the second path information; the communication module 1501 receives first information from the second access network device, and the first information is used to search for and select the second access network device Cell; the communication module 1501 sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the second path information is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, and the processing module 1502 may determine the sequence according to the sequence.
  • the second access network device is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, and the processing module 1502 may determine the sequence according to the sequence.
  • the second access network device is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices.
  • the first information may include one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the first information 2.
  • the frequency point of the cell of the access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device Priority; or, the second access network device randomly accesses the preamble sequence.
  • the communication module 1501 may receive the second path information of the terminal device from a third access network device, and the moving path of the terminal device enters from the management area of the third access network device The management area of the first access network device.
  • the communication module 1501 may also receive the context of the terminal device from the third access network device, and send second information to the third access network device. Used to search and select the cell of the first access network device.
  • the second information further includes one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the second information A frequency point of the cell of an access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the first access network device Priority; or, the random access preamble sequence of the first access network device.
  • the communication device 1600 may include a transceiver 1601, a memory 1602, and a processor 1603.
  • the transceiver 1601 can be used for communication with a communication device, for example, for sending or receiving signals.
  • the memory 1602 is coupled with the processor 1603, and is used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 1600 to implement various functions.
  • the processor 1603 is configured to support the communication device 1600 to perform corresponding processing functions in the foregoing method, such as generating information and messages sent by the transceiver 1601, and/or demodulating and decoding signals received by the transceiver 1601, and so on.
  • the above memory 1602 and the processor 1603 may be integrated or independent of each other.
  • the transceiver 1601 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication device 1600 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface.
  • the transceiver 1601 may also be referred to as a transceiving unit or a communication unit.
  • the transceiver may also be an interface, such as an interface used for communication between network elements in a core network.
  • the above memory 1602 may also be externally connected to the communication device 1600.
  • the communication device 1600 may only include the transceiver 1601 and the processor 1603.
  • the steps executed by the above processing module 1502 can be executed by the processor 1603, and the steps executed by the above communication module 1501 can be executed by the transceiver 1601.
  • the memory 1602 may be used to store a program for the processor 1603 to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the processing module 1502 above.
  • each component in the above communication device may be integrated into a module, or may be a separate physical existence.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules, and should not be construed as limited to the structure shown in the above drawings.
  • the embodiment of the application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, the computer executes the above method embodiment and method implementation.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which when invoked and executed by a computer, enables the computer to implement the above method embodiment and any possible implementation of the method embodiment The operations performed by the path information management network element, the access and mobility management function network element, or the first access network device.
  • this application also provides a chip or chip system, which is coupled with a transceiver, and is used to implement the above method embodiment and any one of the possible implementation manners of the method embodiment. Operations performed by the management network element, the access and mobility management function network element, or the first access network device.
  • the chip system may include the chip.
  • this application also provides a communication system that can be used to implement the above method embodiment and any possible implementation of the method embodiment.
  • Path information management network element access And the operations performed by the mobility management function network element or the first access network device.
  • the communication system has a structure as shown in FIG. 4.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus. Based on the method, a path management network element receives first path information of a terminal device from a vertical industry control center, the first path information comprising position information of a moving path of the terminal device; a path information management network element obtains second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device, the second path information comprising information of a target access network device and a path identifier corresponding to the target access network device; and the path information management network element sends the second path information to a first access network device. The method can realize encryption indication of the moving path, and improve the security of the indication process of the moving path.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross references to related applications
本申请要求在2019年04月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910362086.5、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201910362086.5, and the application name is "a communication method and device" on April 30, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前5G(5th-generation)移动通信技术中,包括接入网设备在内的移动通信网络根据终端的移动路径信息可以为终端设备(UE)提供可靠性的网络接入服务,以满足例如5G垂直行业等场景下对网络服务的可靠性需求。按照目前的技术,UE的移动路径采用地理位置表示,将UE的移动路径提供给服务于该移动路径经过的区域的接入网设备时,接入网设备可以获取该UE的完整的移动路径信息,该过程不能进行隐私和安全保护,存在潜在的隐私和信息安全问题。In the current 5G (5th-generation) mobile communication technology, the mobile communication network including the access network equipment can provide the terminal equipment (UE) with reliable network access services according to the mobile path information of the terminal to meet the requirements of, for example, the 5G vertical The reliability requirements for network services in scenarios such as industries. According to the current technology, the moving path of the UE is represented by geographic location. When the moving path of the UE is provided to the access network equipment serving the area through which the moving path passes, the access network equipment can obtain the complete moving path information of the UE. , The process cannot be protected for privacy and security, and there are potential privacy and information security issues.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以提高网络向接入网设备指示UE的移动路径时的安全性。The present application provides a communication method and device to improve the security when the network indicates the moving path of the UE to the access network device.
第一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,可由路径信息管理网元实施。基于该方法,路径管理网元接收来自垂直行业控制中心的终端设备的第一路径信息,所述第一路径信息包括所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;所述路径信息管理网元根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息,获取所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径相对应;所述路径信息管理网元向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。In the first aspect, this application provides a communication method that can be implemented by a path information management network element. Based on this method, the path management network element receives the first path information from the terminal device of the vertical industry control center, the first path information includes the location information of the moving path of the terminal device; the path information management network element The first path information of the terminal device is obtained, and the second path information of the terminal device is acquired. The second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device. The path identifier corresponding to the access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; the path information management network element sends the second access network device to the first access network device. Path information, the target access network device includes the first access network device.
采用以上方法,路径信息管理网元通过目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,向该目标接入网设备指示终端设备的移动路径,由于该目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与终端设备在管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息对应,因此根据该路径标识可实现移动路径的加密指示,提高移动路径指示过程的安全性。Using the above method, the path information management network element indicates the moving path of the terminal device to the target access network device through the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device. Because the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device is managing the terminal device The location information of the moving path in the area corresponds, so the encrypted indication of the moving path can be realized according to the path identifier, which improves the security of the moving path indication process.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元在获取终端设备的第二路径信息时,可以根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息以及一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,确定所述目标接入网设备以及所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。In a possible design, when the path information management network element obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it may be based on the first path information of the terminal device and the management area of one or more access network devices. The location information determines the movement path of the target access network device and the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元在获取终端设备的第二路径信息时,可 以根据目标接入网设备的信息、所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述第一对应关系包括接入网设备的信息、接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息以及路径标识三者之间的对应关系。其中,接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息可包括该接入网设备所管理区域内的道路等标志点的位置信息,如终端设备可能通行的道路的位置信息、某个终端设备可能经过的标志点的位置信息。从而,可以根据第一对应关系,将终端设备的移动路径加密为目标接入网对应的路径标识。In a possible design, when the path information management network element obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it may be based on the information of the target access network device and the management of the terminal device in the target access network device. The movement path in the area and the first corresponding relationship determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, and the first corresponding relationship includes information about the access network device, location information in the management area of the access network device, and The path identifies the correspondence between the three. Wherein, the location information in the management area of the access network device may include the location information of landmark points such as roads in the area under the management of the access network device, such as the location information of roads that the terminal device may pass through, and a certain terminal device may pass through. The location information of the marker point. Therefore, the movement path of the terminal device can be encrypted into the path identifier corresponding to the target access network according to the first correspondence.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元从接入网管理设备接收所述第一对应关系。In a possible design, the path information management network element receives the first correspondence from an access network management device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元从接入网管理设备接收接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息。In a possible design, the path information management network element receives location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一路径信息具体包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的标识,所述终端设备的移动路径,所述终端设备的移动时间,所述终端设备的移动速度,或者所述终端设备的类型信息中的部分或全部信息。In a possible design, the first path information specifically includes some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device, the movement time of the terminal device, the The moving speed of the terminal device, or some or all of the information in the type information of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;或者,所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information further includes part or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示:所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。从而,终端设备当前接入的目标接入网设备,可根据该先后顺序确定终端设备下一跳所接入的目标接入网设备。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is also used to indicate: the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device . Therefore, the target access network device currently accessed by the terminal device can determine the target access network device to be accessed by the terminal device next hop according to the sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还可包括所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息,从而,终端设备当前接入的目标接入网设备,可根据所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息确定终端设备下一跳所接入的目标接入网设备。In a possible design, the second path information may also include location information of the movement path of the terminal device, so that the target access network device currently accessed by the terminal device can be based on the movement of the terminal device. The location information of the path determines the target access network device that the terminal device will access next hop.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括NVAF,所述路径信息管理网元可通过服务于所述终端设备的接入和移动管理功能网元,向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes NVAF, and the path information management network element can access the first access network element through the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device The network device sends the second path information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括RAN OAM,路径信息管理网元可通过NVAF,接收所述第一路径信息。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the path information management network element may receive the first path information through NVAF.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括RAN OAM,路径信息管理网元可向NVAF发送所述第二路径信息;所述第二路径信息可由所述NVAF向所述第一接入网设备发送;或者,所述第二路径信息可由所述NVAF通过服务于所述终端设备的接入和移动管理功能网元,向所述第一接入网设备发送。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the path information management network element may send the second path information to the NVAF; the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first Sent by the access network device; or, the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first access network device through the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,路径信息管理网元可包括NVAF或RAN OAM。In a possible design, the path information management network element may include NVAF or RAN OAM.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,可由接入和移动管理功能网元实施。根据该方法,接入和移动管理功能网元接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息来自于路径信息管理网元,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应,所述接入和移动管理功能网元服务于所述终端设备;所述接入和移动管理功能网元向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网 设备包括所述第一接入网设备。In the second aspect, this application provides a communication method that can be implemented by the access and mobility management function network element. According to this method, the access and mobility management function network element receives the second path information of the terminal device, the second path information comes from the path information management network element, and the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and The path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the access and The mobility management function network element serves the terminal device; the access and mobility management function network element sends the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device. Network access equipment.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or, the terminal device leaves The time of the management area of the target access network device; or the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述接入和移动管理功能网元可从NVAF接收所述第二路径信息。第二路径信息可由NVAF或由RAN OAM通过NVAF发送至接入和移动管理功能网元。In a possible design, the access and mobility management function network element may receive the second path information from the NVAF. The second path information may be sent by NVAF or RAN OAM through NVAF to the access and mobility management function network element.
在一种可能的设计中,接入和移动管理功能网元可以是AMF。In one possible design, the access and mobility management function network element may be an AMF.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,可由接入和移动管理功能网元实施。根据该方法,第一接入网设备接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备;所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二路径信息确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的内位置信息。In the third aspect, this application provides a communication method that can be implemented by a network element with access and mobility management functions. According to this method, the first access network device receives the second path information of the terminal device. The second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device. The path identifier corresponding to the network access device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device; the first The access network device determines the internal location information of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识包括所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述第一接入网设备在根据所述第二路径信息确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的内位置信息时,可根据第二对应关系以及所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的内位置信息,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息与路径标识之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, and the first access network device is determining according to the second path information When the terminal device is in the internal location information of the management area of the first access network device, it can determine that the terminal device is located at the location based on the second correspondence and the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device. For the location information in the management area of the first access network device, the second correspondence includes the correspondence relationship between the location information in the management area of the first access network device and the path identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一接入网设备可从接入和移动管理功能网元接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述接入和移动管理功能网元服务于所述终端设备。In a possible design, the first access network device may receive the second path information of the terminal device from an access and mobility management function network element, and the access and mobility management function network element serves the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息可包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information may include part or all of the following information: the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or, the terminal device leaves The time of the management area of the target access network device; or the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第一接入网设备可根据所述第二路径信息确定第二接入网设备,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第一接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第二接入网设备的管理区域,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备;所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送所述终端设备的上下文和所述第二路径信息;所述第一接入网设备从所述第二接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于搜索和选择所述第二接入网设备的小区;所述第二接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。从而,目标接入网设备可确定终端设备下一跳接入的接入网设备,从而提前与该终端设备下一跳接入的接入网设备准进行终端设备的网络切换,也可令终端设备根据第一信息搜索和选择第二接入网设备的小区,从而提供更好的网络保障。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, the first access network device may determine the second access network device according to the second path information, and the moving path of the terminal device Enter the management area of the second access network device from the management area of the first access network device, and the target access network device includes the second access network device; the first access network device Send the context of the terminal device and the second path information to the second access network device; the first access network device receives the first information from the second access network device, the first The information is used to search and select a cell of the second access network device; the second access network device sends the first information to the terminal device. Therefore, the target access network device can determine the access network device that the terminal device accesses next hop, so as to perform the network handover of the terminal device in advance with the access network device that the terminal device accesses next hop, and also make the terminal device The device searches for and selects the cell of the second access network device according to the first information, thereby providing better network guarantee.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经所述多个目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序,所述第一接入网设备可根据所述先后顺序确定所述第二接入网设备。In a possible design, the second path information is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, and the first access network device may The sequence determines the second access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还可包括所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息,所述第一接入网设备可根据所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息确定所述第二接入网 设备。In a possible design, the second path information may also include position information of the moving path of the terminal device, and the first access network device may determine the position information of the moving path of the terminal device. The second access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息可包括以下信息中的一个或多个:所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,所述终端设备被允许接入所述第二接入网设备的优先级;或者,所述第二接入网设备随机接入前导序列preamble。In a possible design, the first information may include one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the first information 2. The frequency point of the cell of the access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device Priority; or, the second access network device randomly accesses the preamble sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,第一接入网设备可从第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第三接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第一接入网设备的管理区域。In a possible design, the first access network device may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the third access network device, and the movement path of the terminal device is from the third access network device. The management area enters the management area of the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一接入网设备还可从所述第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的上下文;所述第一接入网设备向所述第三接入网设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于搜索和选择所述第一接入网设备的小区。In a possible design, the first access network device may also receive the context of the terminal device from the third access network device; the first access network device sends the third access network device to the third access network device. The network device sends second information, where the second information is used to search for and select a cell of the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,所述终端设备被允许接入所述第一接入网设备的优先级;或者,所述第一接入网设备的随机接入前导序列preamble。In a possible design, the second information further includes one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the second information A frequency point of the cell of an access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the first access network device Priority; or, the random access preamble sequence of the first access network device.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的设计中由路径信息管理网元执行的步骤,该通信装置可通过硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各方法中的各功能。例如,在由软件模块构成时,通信装置可包括相互耦合的通信模块以及处理模块。在由硬件组件构成时,该通信装置可包括相互耦合的收发器、存储器以及处理器等等。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication device that can be used to perform the steps performed by the path information management network element in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The communication device can be configured through a hardware structure. , Software module, or hardware structure plus software module form to realize each function in the above methods. For example, when it is constituted by a software module, the communication device may include a communication module and a processing module coupled with each other. When constituted by hardware components, the communication device may include a transceiver, a memory, a processor, etc. coupled with each other.
在执行上述第一方面所述方法时,通信模块可用于接收来自垂直行业控制中心的终端设备的第一路径信息,所述第一路径信息包括所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;处理模块可用于,根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息,获取所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;通信模块还可用于,向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。When performing the method described in the first aspect above, the communication module may be used to receive first path information from a terminal device of a vertical industry control center, where the first path information includes location information of the moving path of the terminal device; processing module Can be used to obtain second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path corresponding to the target access network device ID, the path ID corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; the communication module can also be used to send all information to the first access network device According to the second path information, the target access network device includes the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块在获取终端设备的第二路径信息时,可以根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息以及一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,确定所述目标接入网设备以及所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。In a possible design, when acquiring the second path information of the terminal device, the processing module may determine the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices according to the first path information of the terminal device. The target access network device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块在获取终端设备的第二路径信息时,可以根据目标接入网设备的信息、所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述第一对应关系包括接入网设备的信息、接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息以及路径标识三者之间的对应关系。In a possible design, when the processing module obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it can be based on the information of the target access network device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device. And a first corresponding relationship, determining the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, the first corresponding relationship including one of the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identifier Correspondence between.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块可从接入网管理设备接收所述第一对应关系。In a possible design, the communication module may receive the first correspondence from the access network management device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块可从接入网管理设备接收接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息。In a possible design, the communication module may receive location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一路径信息具体包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的标识,所述终端设备的移动路径,所述终端设备的移动时间,所述终端设备的移动速度,或者所述终端设备的类型信息中的部分或全部信息。In a possible design, the first path information specifically includes some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device, the movement time of the terminal device, the The moving speed of the terminal device, or some or all of the information in the type information of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;或者,所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示:所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is also used to indicate: the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device .
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括NVAF,通信模块可向服务于所述终端设备的接入和移动管理功能网元发送所述第二路径信息,并由接入和移动管理功能网元向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes NVAF, and the communication module can send the second path information to the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device, and the access and The mobility management function network element sends the second path information to the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括RAN OAM,通信模块可从NVAF,接收所述第一路径信息。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the communication module may receive the first path information from the NVAF.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括RAN OAM,通信模块可向NVAF发送所述第二路径信息;所述第二路径信息可由所述NVAF向所述第一接入网设备发送;或者,所述第二路径信息可由所述NVAF通过服务于所述终端设备的接入和移动管理功能网元,向所述第一接入网设备发送。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the communication module can send the second path information to the NVAF; the second path information can be sent by the NVAF to the first access network. Or, the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first access network device through an access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device.
另外,在通过硬件组件实现以上通信装置时,可由处理器执行以上处理模块所执行的步骤,以及,由收发器执行以上通信模块所执行的步骤。在通过硬件组件实现以上通信装置时,通信装置还可包括存储器,存储器用于存储程序,用于处理器执行改程序以执行以上处理模块所执行的步骤。In addition, when the above communication device is implemented by hardware components, the steps executed by the above processing module may be executed by the processor, and the steps executed by the above communication module may be executed by the transceiver. When the above communication device is implemented by hardware components, the communication device may further include a memory for storing a program for the processor to execute the modified program to perform the steps performed by the above processing module.
第五方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的设计中由接入和移动管理功能网元执行的步骤,该通信装置可通过硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各方法中的各功能。例如,在由软件模块构成时,通信装置可包括相互耦合的通信模块以及处理模块。在由硬件组件构成时,该通信装置可包括相互耦合的收发器、存储器以及处理器等等。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device that can be used to perform the steps performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect. The communication device can The functions in the foregoing methods are implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. For example, when it is constituted by a software module, the communication device may include a communication module and a processing module coupled with each other. When constituted by hardware components, the communication device may include a transceiver, a memory, a processor, etc. coupled with each other.
在执行上述第二方面所述方法时,通信模块可接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述路径信息管理网元获取终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;通信模块向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。When performing the method described in the second aspect, the communication module may receive second path information of the terminal device, the path information management network element obtains the second path information of the terminal device, and the second path information includes the target access network Device information and a path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, where the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; communication; The module sends the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;或者,所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information further includes part or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块可从NVAF接收所述第二路径信息。第二路径信息可由NVAF或由RAN OAM通过NVAF发送至接入和移动管理功能网元。In a possible design, the communication module may receive the second path information from the NVAF. The second path information may be sent by NVAF or RAN OAM through NVAF to the access and mobility management function network element.
另外,在通过硬件组件实现以上通信装置时,可由处理器执行以上处理模块所执行的步骤,以及,由收发器执行以上通信模块所执行的步骤。在通过硬件组件实现以上通信装置时,通信装置还可包括存储器,存储器用于存储程序,用于处理器执行改程序以执行以 上处理模块所执行的步骤。In addition, when the above communication device is implemented by hardware components, the steps executed by the above processing module may be executed by the processor, and the steps executed by the above communication module may be executed by the transceiver. When the above communication device is implemented by hardware components, the communication device may further include a memory for storing a program for the processor to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the above processing module.
第六方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的设计中由第一接入网设备执行的步骤,该通信装置可通过硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各方法中的各功能。例如,在由软件模块构成时,通信装置可包括相互耦合的通信模块以及处理模块。在由硬件组件构成时,该通信装置可包括相互耦合的收发器、存储器以及处理器等等。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device that can be used to execute the steps performed by the first access network device in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect. The communication device can use hardware Structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules are used to implement the functions in the above methods. For example, when it is constituted by a software module, the communication device may include a communication module and a processing module coupled with each other. When constituted by hardware components, the communication device may include a transceiver, a memory, a processor, etc. coupled with each other.
在执行上述第二方面所述方法时,通信模块可接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备;处理模块根据所述第二路径信息确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的内位置信息。When performing the method of the second aspect, the communication module may receive second path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes information of the target access network device and a path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, The path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device; The processing module determines the internal location information of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识包括所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,处理模块可根据第二对应关系以及所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的内位置信息,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息与路径标识之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, and the processing module may be based on the second correspondence and the first access network device The corresponding path identifier determines the location information of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device, and the second correspondence includes location information in the management area of the first access network device Correspondence with the path identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块可从接入和移动管理功能网元接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述接入和移动管理功能网元服务于所述终端设备。In a possible design, the communication module may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the access and mobility management function network element, and the access and mobility management function network element serves the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息可包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;或者,所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information may include some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,处理模块可根据所述第二路径信息确定第二接入网设备,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第一接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第二接入网设备的管理区域,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备;通信模块向所述第二接入网设备发送所述终端设备的上下文和所述第二路径信息;通信模块从所述第二接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于搜索和选择所述第二接入网设备的小区;通信模块向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, the processing module may determine the second access network device according to the second path information, and the moving path of the terminal device is from the first access network device. The management area of the connected device enters the management area of the second access network device, and the target access network device includes the second access network device; the communication module sends the The context of the terminal device and the second path information; the communication module receives first information from the second access network device, the first information is used to search for and select the cell of the second access network device; communicate The module sends the first information to the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经所述多个目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序,处理模块可根据所述先后顺序确定所述第二接入网设备。In a possible design, the second path information is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, and the processing module may determine the sequence according to the sequence The second access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述第二路径信息包括终端设备的移动路径的位置信息,所述处理模块还可根据移动路径的位置信息确定所述第二接入网设备。In a possible design, when the second path information includes location information of the movement path of the terminal device, the processing module may also determine the second access network device according to the location information of the movement path.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息可包括以下信息中的一个或多个:所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,所述终端设备被允许接入所述第二接入网设备的优先级;或者,所述第二接入网设备随机接入前导序列preamble。In a possible design, the first information may include one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the first information 2. The frequency point of the cell of the access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device Priority; or, the second access network device randomly accesses the preamble sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块可从第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第三接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第一接入网设备的管理区域。In a possible design, the communication module may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the third access network device, and the movement path of the terminal device enters the management area of the third access network device. The management area of the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还可从所述第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的上下 文,并向所述第三接入网设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于搜索和选择所述第一接入网设备的小区。In a possible design, the communication module may also receive the context of the terminal device from the third access network device, and send second information to the third access network device, and the second information is used for To search and select the cell of the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,所述终端设备被允许接入所述第一接入网设备的优先级;或者,所述第一接入网设备的随机接入前导序列preamble。In a possible design, the second information further includes one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the second information A frequency point of the cell of an access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the first access network device Priority; or, the random access preamble sequence of the first access network device.
第七方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括第四方面、第五方面和/或第六方面所述的通信装置。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication system, which may include the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, and/or the sixth aspect.
第八方面,本申请提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有指令(或称程序),当其在计算机上被调用执行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法,或用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的设计中所述的方法,或用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的设计中所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, this application provides a computer storage medium in which instructions (or programs) are stored, which when invoked and executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or the first aspect. The method described in any one of the possible designs, or used to implement the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or used to implement any of the third aspect or the third aspect above One possible design method.
第九方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算基础产品可包含指令,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法,或用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的设计中所述的方法,或用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的设计中所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product. The basic computing product may contain instructions that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the first aspects described above. The method described in the design, or used to implement the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or used to implement the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect The method described.
第十方面,本申请提供一种芯片或包含芯片的芯片系统,该芯片可包括处理器。该芯片还可以包括存储器和/或通信模块。该芯片可用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法,或用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的设计中所述的方法,或用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的设计中所述的方法。该芯片系统可以由上述芯片构成,也可以包含上述芯片和其他分立器件,如通信模块。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a chip or a chip system including the chip, and the chip may include a processor. The chip may also include memory and/or communication modules. The chip can be used to implement the method described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or used to implement the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, Or used to implement the method described in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect. The chip system may be composed of the above-mentioned chips, or may include the above-mentioned chips and other discrete devices, such as communication modules.
上述第四方面至第十方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果可以参考对第一方面及其任一可能的设计,或第二方面及其任一可能的设计中所述方法的有益效果的描述,或第三方面及其任一可能的设计中所述方法的有益效果的描述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned fourth to tenth aspects and their possible designs, reference may be made to the beneficial effects of the first aspect and any of its possible designs, or the second aspect and any of its possible designs. Description, or a description of the beneficial effects of the method in the third aspect and any of its possible designs.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application;
图2为本申请提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application;
图3为本申请提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application;
图4为本申请提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by this application;
图5为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图6A为本申请提供的一种终端设备的移动路径的示意图;FIG. 6A is a schematic diagram of a movement path of a terminal device provided by this application;
图6B为本申请提供的另一种终端设备的移动路径的示意图;FIG. 6B is a schematic diagram of a movement path of another terminal device provided by this application;
图7为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图8为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图9为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图10为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by this application;
图11为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application;
图12为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application;
图13为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application;
图14为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application;
图15为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application;
图16为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。方法实施例中的具体操作方法也可以应用于装置实施例或系统实施例中。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the present application clearer, the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The specific operation method in the method embodiment can also be applied to the device embodiment or the system embodiment.
下面对本申请涉及术语进行解释:The following explains the terms involved in this application:
至少一个,是指一个,或一个以上,即包括一个、两个、三个及以上。At least one refers to one or more than one, that is, includes one, two, three and more.
多个,是指两个,或两个以上,即包括两个、三个及以上。Multiple refers to two or more than two, that is, two, three and more.
携带,可以是指某消息用于承载某信息或数据,也可以是指某消息由某信息构成。Carrying can mean that a certain message is used to carry certain information or data, or it can mean that a certain message is composed of certain information.
耦合是指装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。Coupling refers to the indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
5G垂直行业,即由5G系统提供网络和通信服务的某个或某些行业领域,在本申请中包括港口、铁路以及工厂等行业,这些5G垂直行业中的UE可包括以上行业中使用的移动机器人(mobile robot)、自动导引运输车(automated guided vehicle,AGV)、传感器、者控制设备或者车辆(vehicle)和列车上的设备等。垂直行业场景中的UE一般在确定的区域中运行,这些UE的移动路径和移动速度由垂直行业控制中心进行控制,因此,UE的设备行为的确定性较高。5G vertical industries, that is, one or some industry sectors in which 5G systems provide network and communication services. In this application, this application includes industries such as ports, railways, and factories. UEs in these 5G vertical industries may include mobile devices used in the above industries. Robots (mobile robots), automated guided vehicles (AGVs), sensors, human control equipment or equipment on vehicles and trains. UEs in vertical industry scenarios generally operate in a certain area, and the moving paths and moving speeds of these UEs are controlled by the vertical industry control center. Therefore, the device behavior of the UE is highly certain.
另外应理解,本申请实施例中,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A、B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一(项)个”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a、b和c,其中a、b、c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In addition, it should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "and/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and both A and B exist. , The case of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one (item)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c It can be single or multiple.
下面,结合附图对本申请实施例进行详细说明。首先,介绍本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统,本申请提供的中的通信方法可应用于该系统,然后介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法,最后介绍本申请实施例提供的通信装置。Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. First, introduce the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of this application, the communication method provided in this application can be applied to the system, then introduce the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application, and finally introduce the communication device provided by the embodiment of this application.
如图1所示,本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统100可包括终端设备101以及网络设备102。As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device 101 and a network device 102.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统100,即可适用于低频场景(sub 6G),也适用于高频场景(above6G)。本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统100的应用场景包括但不限于全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代系统或新无线(new radio,NR)通信系统等。It should be understood that the wireless communication system 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application is applicable to both low-frequency scenarios (sub 6G) and high-frequency scenarios (above 6G). The application scenarios of the wireless communication system 100 provided by the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited to global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, future fifth-generation system or new wireless (new radio, NR) communication system, etc.
以上所示终端设备101可包括5G垂直业务场景中的终端设备。具体的,终端设备101可以是用户设备、终端(terminal)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal)等设备,该终端设备101能够与一个或多个通信系统的一个或多个网络设备进行通信,并接受网络设备提供的网络服务,这里的网络设备包括但不限于图示网络设备102。举例来说,本申请实施例中的终端设备101可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等,终端设备101还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。终端设备101也可以是具有通信模块的通信芯片。The terminal device 101 shown above may include terminal devices in a 5G vertical service scenario. Specifically, the terminal device 101 may be a user equipment, a terminal (terminal), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal), etc. The terminal device 101 can communicate with one or more of one or more communication systems. A network device communicates and accepts network services provided by the network device. The network device here includes but is not limited to the network device 102 shown in the figure. For example, the terminal device 101 in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., and the terminal device 101 may also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, and built-in computer. , Or on-board mobile devices. The terminal device 101 may also be a communication chip with a communication module.
以上所示网络设备102可包括本申请所述的接入网设备(或称接入网站点)。具体的,网络设备102可包括接入网设备。在本申请中,接入网设备是指有提供网络接入功能的设备,如无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)基站等等。网络设备102具体可包括基站(base station,BS),或包括基站以及用于控制基站的无线资源管理设备等,该网络设备102可以为中继站(中继设备)、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的基站、未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的基站或者NR基站等,本申请实施例并不限定。网络设备102也可以是具有通信模块的通信芯片。The network device 102 shown above may include the access network device (or called the access website point) described in this application. Specifically, the network device 102 may include an access network device. In this application, an access network device refers to a device that provides a network access function, such as a radio access network (RAN) base station and so on. The network device 102 may specifically include a base station (base station, BS), or include a base station and a radio resource management device for controlling the base station, etc. The network device 102 may be a relay station (relay device), an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, Wearable devices, base stations in the future 5G network, base stations in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network, or NR base stations, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The network device 102 may also be a communication chip with a communication module.
在本申请所述方法的执行过程中,网络设备102可作为RAN基站向终端设备101提供无线网络连接,例如,网络设备102可作为4G接入网——演进的通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunications system,UMTS)陆地无线接入网(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network,E-UTRAN)中的接入网基站,或者,网络设备102可作为5G接入网——5G RAN中的接入网基站,或者,网络设备102可作为未来无线通信系统中的接入网基站。During the execution of the method described in this application, the network device 102 can serve as a RAN base station to provide a wireless network connection to the terminal device 101. For example, the network device 102 can serve as a 4G access network-an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system. system, UMTS) the access network base station in the terrestrial radio access network (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network, E-UTRAN), or the network device 102 can be used as the 5G access network—the access network base station in 5G RAN, Alternatively, the network device 102 may be used as an access network base station in a future wireless communication system.
下面以5G核心网为例,说明本申请实施例可能的无线通信系统。如图2所示,一种示例性的5G无线通信系统可包括5G核心网201,该无线通信系统还可包括5G接入网202,其中5G核心网201与5G接入网202之间可通过接口实现交互。该无线通信系统场景下,用于实现本申请实施例所涉及的方法的功能实体可以是5G核心网201中的网元(如AMF)和/或终端设备等。具体来说,本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备101可以包括5G接入网202中的基站所连接的终端设备,例如图2所示的UE 203,该UE 203通过无线链路连接至接入网基站204,接入网基站204可以是5G接入网202中的一个基站;本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备101还可包括与中继连接的UE,例如图2所示的UE 205,其中,UE 205与中继站206连接,中继站206通过中继链路连接至接入网基站204。本申请实施例所涉及的网络设备102,可以是如图2所示的5G接入网202的中的接入网基站204,也可以是如图2所示的连接至接入网基站204的中继站206。The following takes a 5G core network as an example to illustrate a possible wireless communication system in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, an exemplary 5G wireless communication system may include a 5G core network 201, and the wireless communication system may also include a 5G access network 202, where the 5G core network 201 and the 5G access network 202 can pass through Interface to achieve interaction. In the wireless communication system scenario, the functional entity used to implement the method involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a network element (such as AMF) and/or terminal equipment in the 5G core network 201. Specifically, the terminal device 101 involved in the embodiment of the present application may include a terminal device connected to a base station in the 5G access network 202, such as the UE 203 shown in FIG. 2, which is connected to the access device through a wireless link. The network base station 204, the access network base station 204 may be a base station in the 5G access network 202; the terminal device 101 involved in this embodiment of the application may also include a UE connected to a relay, such as the UE 205 shown in FIG. 2, Among them, the UE 205 is connected to a relay station 206, and the relay station 206 is connected to the access network base station 204 through a relay link. The network device 102 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the access network base station 204 in the 5G access network 202 as shown in FIG. 2, or may be connected to the access network base station 204 as shown in FIG. Relay station 206.
另外,以5G网络为例,通过图3说明本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统另一种可能的架构。如图3所示,为基于服务化架构的第五代网络架构示意图。图3所示的5G网络架构中可包括三部分,分别是终端设备部分、数据网络(data network,DN)和运营商网络部分。In addition, taking a 5G network as an example, FIG. 3 illustrates another possible architecture of the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, it is a schematic diagram of the fifth-generation network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture. The 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 3 may include three parts, namely a terminal equipment part, a data network (DN), and an operator network part.
其中,运营商网络可包括网络切片选择(network slice selection function,NSSF)、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、网络存储功能(network function repository function,NRF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元、应用功能(application function,AF)网元、网络视觉和感知功能(network vision and awareness function,NVAF)网元、鉴权服 务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元、接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、(无线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)以及用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元等。上述运营商网络中,除(无线)接入网部分之外的部分可以称为核心网络(CN)部分。为方便说明,后续以(R)AN称为RAN为例进行说明。Among them, the operator network may include network slice selection (NSSF), network exposure function (NEF) network elements, network storage function (network function repository function, NRF) network elements, and policy control functions ( policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, application function (AF) network element, network vision and awareness function (network vision and awareness function, NVAF) network element, Authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, (wireless) connection Access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) and user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network elements, etc. In the above-mentioned operator network, the part other than the (wireless) access network part may be referred to as the core network (CN) part. For the convenience of description, the following takes (R)AN called RAN as an example for description.
如图3所示的UE可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,其可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。本申请所示终端设备101,可包括如图3所示的UE。The UE as shown in Figure 3 can be a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed on In the air (such as airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.). The UE may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with wireless transceiving function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, an industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals in, self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, Wireless terminals in a smart city, wireless terminals in a smart home, etc. The terminal device 101 shown in this application may include a UE as shown in FIG. 3.
上述终端设备可通过运营商网络提供的接口(例如N1等)与运营商网络建立连接,使用运营商网络提供的数据和/或语音等服务。终端设备还可通过运营商网络访问DN,使用DN上部署的运营商业务,和/或第三方提供的业务。其中,上述第三方可为运营商网络和终端设备之外的服务方,可为终端设备提供他数据和/或语音等服务。其中,上述第三方的具体表现形式,具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。The above-mentioned terminal equipment can establish a connection with the operator's network through an interface (such as N1, etc.) provided by the operator's network, and use services such as data and/or voice provided by the operator's network. The terminal device can also access the DN through the operator's network, and use the operator's service deployed on the DN and/or the service provided by a third party. Among them, the aforementioned third party may be a service party other than the operator's network and terminal equipment, and may provide other services such as data and/or voice for the terminal equipment. Among them, the specific form of expression of the aforementioned third party can be determined according to actual application scenarios, and is not limited here.
接入网设备,是指为终端提供无线通信功能的设备。接入网设备包括但不限于:5G中的下一代基站(g nodeB,gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等。Access network equipment refers to equipment that provides wireless communication functions for terminals. Access network equipment includes, but is not limited to: next-generation base stations (gnodeB, gNB) in 5G, evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (node B) B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
以上网络切片选择网元用于实现网络切片的灵活选择。示例性的,网络切片选择网元可支持基于网络切片选择协助信息(network slice selection assistance information,NSSAI)、位置信息或切片负荷信息等多种信息的切片选择策略,基于切片选择策略可实现智能化的切片选择方案。其中,网络切片选择网元可存储由运营商配置的切片选择策略等信息。在5G中,网络切片选择网元可以是NSSF网元,在未来通信如6G中,网络切片选择网元仍可以是NSSF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。The above network slicing selection network elements are used to implement flexible selection of network slicing. Exemplarily, the network slice selection network element can support a slice selection strategy based on various information such as network slice selection assistance information (network slice selection assistance information, NSSAI), location information, or slice load information, and intelligentization can be realized based on the slice selection strategy The slice selection scheme. Among them, the network slice selection network element may store information such as slice selection strategy configured by the operator. In 5G, the network slice selection network element may be an NSSF network element. In future communications such as 6G, the network slice selection network element may still be an NSSF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
以上所示移动性管理网元是由运营商网络提供的控制面网元,负责终端设备接入运营商网络时的接入控制和移动性管理,例如包括移动状态管理,分配用户临时身份标识,认证和授权用户等功能。在5G中,移动性管理网元可以是AMF网元,在未来通信如第六代(the 6th generation,6G)中,移动性管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。The mobility management network element shown above is the control plane network element provided by the operator network, and is responsible for the access control and mobility management of the terminal device when accessing the operator network, for example, including the management of the mobile status and the allocation of temporary user identification. Functions such as authentication and authorization of users. In 5G, mobility management network elements can be AMF network elements. In future communications such as the 6th generation (6G), mobility management network elements can still be AMF network elements, or have other names. The application is not limited.
以上所示会话管理网元是由运营商网络提供的控制面网元,负责管理终端设备的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话。PDU会话是一个用于传输PDU的通道,终端设备需要通过PDU会话与DN互相传送PDU。PDU会话由SMF网元负责建立、维护和删除等。SMF网元包括会话管理(如会话建立、修改和释放,包含UPF和RAN之间的隧道维护)、UPF网元的选择和控制、业务和会话连续性(Service and Session Continuity,SSC) 模式选择、漫游等会话相关的功能。在5G中,会话管理网元可以是SMF网元,在未来通信如6G中,会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。The above-mentioned session management network element is a control plane network element provided by an operator network, and is responsible for managing a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session of a terminal device. The PDU session is a channel used to transmit PDUs, and terminal devices need to transmit PDUs to each other through the PDU session and the DN. The PDU session is established, maintained, and deleted by the SMF network element. SMF network elements include session management (such as session establishment, modification and release, including tunnel maintenance between UPF and RAN), UPF network element selection and control, service and session continuity (Service and Session Continuity, SSC) mode selection, Session-related functions such as roaming. In 5G, the session management network element may be an SMF network element. In future communications such as 6G, the session management network element may still be an SMF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
以上所示网络视觉感知网元,可保存对应的垂直行业的环境信息(如垂直行业所在的地图数据、工厂区域的布局(layout)信息等,该信息可以从垂直行业控制中心获取)、垂直行业对应区域的通信网络部署信息(如接入网设备部署区域、网络小区的覆盖区域等),以及还可以从垂直行业控制中心获取终端设备的移动路径等信息。在5G中,网络视觉感知网元可以是NVAF网元,在未来通信如6G中,网络视觉感知网元仍可以是NVAF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。The network visual perception network element shown above can save the environmental information of the corresponding vertical industry (such as the map data where the vertical industry is located, the layout information of the factory area, etc., which can be obtained from the vertical industry control center), vertical industry The communication network deployment information of the corresponding area (such as the deployment area of the access network equipment, the coverage area of the network cell, etc.), and the movement path of the terminal equipment can also be obtained from the vertical industry control center. In 5G, the network visual perception network element may be an NVAF network element. In future communications such as 6G, the network visual perception network element may still be an NVAF network element or have other names, which is not limited by this application.
以上所示用户面网元是由运营商提供的网关,是运营商网络与DN通信的网关。UPF网元包括数据包路由和传输、包检测、业务用量上报、服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)处理、合法监听、上行包检测、下行数据包存储等用户面相关的功能。在5G中,用户面网元可以是UPF网元,在未来通信如6G中,用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。The user plane network element shown above is a gateway provided by an operator, and a gateway for communication between the operator's network and the DN. UPF network elements include user plane-related functions such as data packet routing and transmission, packet inspection, service usage reporting, quality of service (QoS) processing, lawful monitoring, upstream packet inspection, and downstream packet storage. In 5G, the user plane network element may be a UPF network element. In future communications such as 6G, the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
DN,也可以称为分组数据网络(packet data network,PDN),是位于运营商网络之外的网络,运营商网络可以接入多个DN,DN上可部署多种业务,可为终端设备提供数据和/或语音等服务。例如,DN是某智能工厂的私有网络,智能工厂安装在车间的传感器可为终端设备,DN中部署了传感器的控制服务器,控制服务器可为传感器提供服务。传感器可与控制服务器通信,获取控制服务器的指令,根据指令将采集的传感器数据传送给控制服务器等。又例如,DN是某公司的内部办公网络,该公司员工的手机或者电脑可为终端设备,员工的手机或者电脑可以访问公司内部办公网络上的信息、数据资源等。DN, also called packet data network (PDN), is a network located outside the operator’s network. The operator’s network can be connected to multiple DNs, and multiple services can be deployed on the DN to provide terminal equipment. Services such as data and/or voice. For example, DN is the private network of a smart factory. The sensors installed in the workshop of the smart factory can be terminal devices. The control server of the sensor is deployed in the DN, and the control server can provide services for the sensors. The sensor can communicate with the control server, obtain instructions from the control server, and transmit the collected sensor data to the control server according to the instructions. For another example, a DN is an internal office network of a company. The mobile phones or computers of employees of the company can be terminal devices, and the mobile phones or computers of employees can access information and data resources on the company's internal office network.
本申请中,数据管理网元是由运营商提供的控制面网元,负责存储运营商网络中签约用户的用户永久标识符(subscriber permanent identifier,SUPI)、信任状(credential)、安全上下文(security context)、签约数据等信息。UDM网元所存储的这些信息可用于终端设备接入运营商网络的认证和授权。其中,上述运营商网络的签约用户具体可为使用运营商网络提供的业务的用户,例如使用中国电信的手机芯卡的用户,或者使用中国移动的手机芯卡的用户等。上述签约用户的SUPI可为该手机芯卡的号码等。上述签约用户的信任状、安全上下文可为该手机芯卡的加密密钥或者跟该手机芯卡加密相关的信息等存储的小文件,用于认证和/或授权。上述安全上下文可为存储在用户本地终端(例如手机)上的数据(cookie)或者令牌(token)等。上述签约用户的签约数据可为该手机芯卡的配套业务,例如该手机芯卡的流量套餐或者使用网络等。需要说明的是,永久标识符、信任状、安全上下文、认证数据(cookie)、以及令牌等同认证、授权相关的信息,在本发明本申请文件中,为了描述方便起见不做区分、限制。如果不做特殊说明,本申请实施例将以用安全上下文为例进行来描述,但本申请实施例同样适用于其他表述方式的认证、和/或授权信息。在5G中,数据管理网元可以是UDM网元,在未来通信如6G中,数据管理网元仍可以是UDM网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In this application, the data management network element is the control plane network element provided by the operator, and is responsible for storing the subscriber permanent identifier (SUPI), credential, and security context of the subscribers in the operator’s network. context), contract data and other information. The information stored in UDM network elements can be used for authentication and authorization of terminal equipment accessing the operator's network. Among them, the contracted users of the above-mentioned operator's network may specifically be users who use the services provided by the operator's network, such as users who use China Telecom's mobile phone core card, or users who use China Mobile's mobile phone core card. The SUPI of the aforementioned subscriber can be the number of the mobile phone core card, etc. The credential and security context of the aforementioned subscriber may be a small file stored such as the encryption key of the mobile phone core card or information related to the encryption of the mobile phone core card for authentication and/or authorization. The aforementioned security context may be data (cookie) or token (token) stored on the user's local terminal (for example, mobile phone). The contract data of the aforementioned subscriber may be the supporting service of the mobile phone core card, such as the data package of the mobile phone core card or the use of the network. It should be noted that permanent identifiers, credentials, security contexts, authentication data (cookies), and tokens are equivalent to information related to authentication and authorization. In this application file of the present invention, no distinction or restriction is made for the convenience of description. If no special instructions are given, the embodiments of the present application will be described using a security context as an example, but the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to authentication and/or authorization information in other expression modes. In 5G, the data management network element may be a UDM network element. In future communications such as 6G, the data management network element may still be a UDM network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
本申请中,网络开放网元是由运营商提供控制面网元。NEF网元以安全的方式对第三方开放运营商网络的对外接口。在SMF网元需要与第三方的网元通信时,NEF网元可作为SMF网元与第三方的网元通信的中继。NEF网元作为中继时,可作为签约用户的标识信息的翻译,以及第三方的网元的标识信息的翻译。比如,NEF将签约用户的SUPI从运营商网络发送到第三方时,可以将SUPI翻译成其对应的外部身份标识(identity,ID)。反 之,NEF网元将外部ID(第三方的网元ID)发送到运营商网络时,可将其翻译成SUPI。在5G中,网络开放网元可以是NEF网元,在未来通信如6G中,网络开放网元仍可以是NEF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In this application, the network open network element is the control plane network element provided by the operator. NEF network elements open the external interface of the operator's network to third parties in a safe manner. When the SMF network element needs to communicate with a third-party network element, the NEF network element can serve as a relay for the communication between the SMF network element and the third-party network element. When the NEF network element is used as a relay, it can be used as the translation of the identification information of the subscriber and the translation of the identification information of the third-party network element. For example, when NEF sends the SUPI of the subscriber from the operator network to the third party, it can translate the SUPI into its corresponding external identity (identity, ID). Conversely, when the NEF network element sends the external ID (third-party network element ID) to the operator's network, it can be translated into SUPI. In 5G, the network open network element may be a NEF network element. In future communications such as 6G, the network open network element may still be a NEF network element or have other names, which is not limited by this application.
本申请中,策略控制网元是由运营商提供的控制面功能,用于向SMF网元提供PDU会话的策略。策略可以包括计费相关策略、QoS相关策略和授权相关策略等。在5G中,策略控制网元可以是PCF网元,在未来通信如6G中,策略控制网元仍可以是PCF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In this application, the policy control network element is a control plane function provided by the operator for providing a PDU session policy to the SMF network element. Policies can include charging-related policies, QoS-related policies, and authorization-related policies. In 5G, the policy control network element may be a PCF network element. In future communications such as 6G, the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
图3中Nnssf、Nnef、Nausf、Nnrf、Npcf、Nudm、Naf、Namf、Nnvaf、Nsmf、N1、N2、N3、N4,以及N6为接口序列号。这些接口序列号的含义可参见3GPP标准协议中定义的含义,在此不做限制。In Figure 3, Nnssf, Nnef, Nausf, Nnrf, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nnvaf, Nsmf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. The meaning of these interface serial numbers can refer to the meaning defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, which is not limited here.
本申请中的网络视觉感知网元可以是图3所示的NVAF网元,也可以是未来通信系统中的具有上述NVAF网元的功能的网元。本申请中的接入网设备可以是图3中的RAN设备,也可以是未来通信系统中具有上述RAN设备的功能的网元。The network visual perception network element in this application may be the NVAF network element shown in FIG. 3, or may be a network element having the function of the above-mentioned NVAF network element in a future communication system. The access network equipment in this application may be the RAN equipment in FIG. 3, or may be a network element having the function of the above-mentioned RAN equipment in a future communication system.
为方便说明,本申请后续,将AMF网元简称为AMF,将NVAF网元简称为NVAF,将RAN设备简称为RAN,以及将终端设备称为UE。For the convenience of description, in the follow-up of this application, the AMF network element is referred to as AMF, the NVAF network element is referred to as NVAF, the RAN device is referred to as RAN, and the terminal device is referred to as UE.
应理解,以上如图1所示的网络设备102可作为如图3所示5G无线通信系统中(R)AN中的接入网设备,终端设备101可通过网络设备102接入5G网络。It should be understood that the network device 102 shown in FIG. 1 above can be used as the access network device in the (R)AN in the 5G wireless communication system shown in FIG. 3, and the terminal device 101 can access the 5G network through the network device 102.
另外,在5G垂直业务场景下,本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统可具有如图4所示架构。其中,垂直行业控制中心(也可称为控制中心),是指垂直行业(例如4G垂直行业中)中用于对控制终端设备的移动路径和移动速度等进行控制的管理设备,垂直行业控制中心可用于根据终端设备的类型或终端设备的标识(用于标识终端设备)等信息,分别针对终端设备制定其移动路径和移动速度,使得终端设备按照预定的规则进行移动,或执行相应的操作。垂直行业控制中心还可指定终端设备的移动速度以及何时开始移动,从而可控制终端设备在预定的时刻移入和/或移出特定区域。In addition, in a 5G vertical service scenario, the wireless communication system provided in the embodiment of the present application may have an architecture as shown in FIG. 4. Among them, the vertical industry control center (also known as the control center) refers to the management equipment used to control the movement path and speed of the control terminal equipment in the vertical industry (such as in the 4G vertical industry). The vertical industry control center It can be used to formulate the moving path and moving speed of the terminal device according to the type of the terminal device or the terminal device identification (used to identify the terminal device) and other information, so that the terminal device can move according to predetermined rules or perform corresponding operations. The vertical industry control center can also specify the moving speed of the terminal device and when to start moving, so that it can control the terminal device to move into and/or move out of a specific area at a predetermined time.
如图4所示的垂直行业中的UE,可通过接入网设备(如RAN站点)接入核心网的AMF,从而获取网络服务。具体的,这里所述的终端设备可以具有不同的类型,例如终端设备可以是非移动设备或移动设备,也可以是汽车、飞行器或者机器人等等。终端设备的类型与终端设备的行为特征有关,例如,若终端设备是非移动设备、移动速度较慢或者移动距离较短的设备,则该终端设备一般不会发生接入网设备的切换。示例性的,垂直行业控制中心可通过终端设备的类型标识或其他类型信息,标识终端设备的类型。另外,还可根据终端设备的组标识(group ID)区分终端设备的类型,例如,垂直行业控制中心可针对同一类型的终端设备配置相同的组标识,也可将终端设备的类型标识作为组标识。The UE in the vertical industry as shown in FIG. 4 can access the AMF of the core network through an access network device (such as a RAN site) to obtain network services. Specifically, the terminal devices described herein may be of different types. For example, the terminal device may be a non-mobile device or a mobile device, or it may be a car, an aircraft, or a robot. The type of terminal device is related to the behavior characteristics of the terminal device. For example, if the terminal device is a non-mobile device, a device with a slow moving speed, or a device with a short moving distance, the terminal device generally does not switch to the access network device. Exemplarily, the vertical industry control center may identify the type of terminal device through the type identification of the terminal device or other type information. In addition, the type of terminal equipment can be distinguished according to the group ID of the terminal equipment. For example, the vertical industry control center can configure the same group identifier for the same type of terminal equipment, or use the type identifier of the terminal equipment as the group identifier. .
应理解,本申请并不限制接入该无线通信系统中的垂直行业中的UE数量,图4中所示出的有限个垂直行业中的UE仅仅是举例说明,不应理解为对本申请实施方式的限制。另外,本申请并不限制垂直行业中的UE与接入网设备连接的方式,例如,可以每个UE连接至一个接入网设备,也可以由多个UE接入同一个接入网设备,图4中所示出的UE与接入网设备之间的连接关系仅仅是举例说明,不应理解为对本申请实施方式的限制。It should be understood that this application does not limit the number of UEs in vertical industries that access the wireless communication system. The UEs in a limited number of vertical industries shown in FIG. 4 are merely examples and should not be construed as a reference to the implementation of this application. limits. In addition, this application does not limit the manner in which UEs in vertical industries connect to access network devices. For example, each UE can be connected to one access network device, or multiple UEs can access the same access network device. The connection relationship between the UE and the access network device shown in FIG. 4 is only an example, and should not be understood as a limitation to the implementation manner of the present application.
如图4所示的NVAF,在本申请中可用于从垂直行业控制中心获取终端设备的第一路径信息,该第一路径信息可包括该终端设备的移动路径。其中,垂直行业控制中心可作为AF与NVAF交互。示例性的,终端设备的第一路径信息具体可包括指示终端设备的标识、 终端设备的移动路径(如包括移动路径的地理坐标或移动路径对应的标识指示)、终端设备的移动时间、终端设备的移动速度或者终端设备的类型信息中的部分或全部信息。The NVAF shown in FIG. 4 can be used in this application to obtain the first path information of the terminal device from the vertical industry control center, and the first path information may include the movement path of the terminal device. Among them, the vertical industry control center can be used as AF to interact with NVAF. Exemplarily, the first path information of the terminal device may specifically include the identification indicating the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device (for example, the geographical coordinates of the movement path or the identification indication corresponding to the movement path), the movement time of the terminal device, and the terminal device Some or all of the information about the moving speed or the type information of the terminal device.
可选的,如图4所示无线通信系统还可包括接入网设备的管理设备,如RAN操作维护管理(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)设备。在本申请中,RAN OAM可通过与NVAF之间的接口与NVAF实现交互。应理解,本申请以RAN OAM为例对接入网设备的管理设备所执行的操作进行说明,但不应理解为本申请在实施中只能以RAN OAM作为接入网设备的管理设备,在5G或未来通信,如6G中,接入网设备的管理设备仍可以是RAN OAM网元,或有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 4, the wireless communication system may further include management equipment for access network equipment, such as RAN operation administration and maintenance (OAM) equipment. In this application, the RAN OAM can interact with the NVAF through the interface with the NVAF. It should be understood that this application uses RAN OAM as an example to describe the operations performed by the management equipment of the access network equipment, but it should not be understood that this application can only use RAN OAM as the management equipment of the access network equipment in the implementation. In 5G or future communications, such as 6G, the management device of the access network device can still be a RAN OAM network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
为解决背景技术中提到的问题,基于图4所示的架构,本申请提供一种UE的管理方法。如图5所示,该方法可包括以下S101至S104所示步骤:To solve the problems mentioned in the background art, based on the architecture shown in FIG. 4, this application provides a UE management method. As shown in FIG. 5, the method may include the following steps shown in S101 to S104:
S101:垂直行业控制中心向路径信息管理网元发送终端设备的第一路径信息,该第一路径信息包括终端设备的移动路径的位置信息。相应地,路径信息管理网元接收来自垂直行业控制中心的终端设备的第一路径信息。S101: The vertical industry control center sends first path information of the terminal device to the path information management network element, where the first path information includes location information of the movement path of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the path information management network element receives the first path information from the terminal device of the vertical industry control center.
S102:路径信息管理网元根据终端设备的第一路径信息获取该终端设备的第二路径信息。其中,第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识(path ID),目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与该终端设备在该目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应。可以理解的是,每个目标接入网设备的管理区域覆盖或部分覆盖该终端设备的移动路径。S102: The path information management network element obtains second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device. Wherein, the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path ID corresponding to the target access network device, the path ID corresponding to the target access network device and the terminal device in the target access network Corresponds to the movement path within the management area of the device. It can be understood that the management area of each target access network device covers or partially covers the movement path of the terminal device.
S103:路径信息管理网元向第一接入网设备发送终端设备的第二路径信息,目标接入网设备包括该第一接入网设备,且目标接入网设备对应的路径标识包括所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识。相应地,第一接入网设备接收终端设备的第二路径信息。S103: The path information management network element sends the second path information of the terminal device to the first access network device, the target access network device includes the first access network device, and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the Path identifier corresponding to the first access network device. Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the second path information of the terminal device.
S104:第一接入网设备根据第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,确定终端设备在第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息。S104: The first access network device determines the location information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device.
采用以上方法,可由路径信息管理网元获取终端设备在每个接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,并通过路径标识的方式向接入网设备指示终端设备在该接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。由于目标接入网对应的路径标识与终端设备在该接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应,在向目标接入网发送终端设备的第二路径信息时,目标接入网设备可根据其对应的路径标识确定终端设备在自身管理区域内的移动路径,实现终端移动路径的加密指示。Using the above method, the path information management network element can obtain the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of each access network device, and instruct the access network device to manage the terminal device in the access network device by way of path identification. The movement path within the area. Since the path identifier corresponding to the target access network corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device, when sending the second path information of the terminal device to the target access network, the target access network device may The corresponding path identifier determines the movement path of the terminal device in its own management area, and realizes the encrypted instruction of the movement path of the terminal.
在以上S101所示步骤的实施中,终端设备的第一路径信息可包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:终端设备的标识、所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息、所述终端设备的移动时间、所述终端设备的移动速度或者所述终端设备的类型信息。In the implementation of the steps shown in S101 above, the first path information of the terminal device may include some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the location information of the movement path of the terminal device, and the movement of the terminal device. Time, the moving speed of the terminal device or the type information of the terminal device.
其中,终端设备的标识可用于指示移动路径关联的终端设备,终端设备的标识可包括UE的SUPI或者其他标识可用于在当前成长也场景内唯一确定终端设备的标识。The identification of the terminal device can be used to indicate the terminal device associated with the movement path, and the identification of the terminal device can include the SUPI of the UE or other identification can be used to uniquely determine the identification of the terminal device in the current growth scenario.
在本申请中,终端设备的移动路径是指终端设备在当前垂直行业场景中移动的路线,该路线可能途经该场景下的一个或者多个接入网设备的管理区域。终端设备的移动路径的位置信息可通过移动路径途径的地理坐标表示,例如,垂直行业控制中心在控制终端设备按照移动路径进行移动时,可将由连续或间断的地理坐标表示的移动路径指示给终端设备。另外,也可预先对备选移动路径途经的标志点(例如,某个车间、厂房、路口或者预设置的标志位置等)进行标识(例如,通过途经的一个或多个标志点的标识),从而,垂直行 业控制中心还可通过一个或多个标志点的标识指示终端设备按照该标识对应的移动路径进行移动,此时终端设备的移动路径的位置信息可包括一个或多个标志点的标识。终端设备的移动路径还可包括终端设备的移动方向,例如,在通过地理坐标表示的移动路径时,第一个地理坐标可表示移动路径的起点,最后一个地理坐标可表示移动路径的终点。或者,在通过标志点的标识指示终端设备的移动路径时,在先的标志点的标识可用于指示终端设备先途经的标志点,在后的标志点的标识可用于指示终端设备后途经的标志点,例如,当第一路径信息携带路径标识标志点的标识ID 1以及ID 2时,ID 1携带的位置在前,表示终端设备先途经ID 1所标识的标志点,ID 2携带的位置在后,表示终端设备后途经ID 2所标识的标志点,该第一路径信息可指示终端设备从ID 1所标识的标志点移动到ID 2所标识的标志点。In this application, the movement path of the terminal device refers to the route that the terminal device moves in the current vertical industry scenario, and the route may pass through the management area of one or more access network devices in the scenario. The location information of the moving path of the terminal device can be expressed by the geographic coordinates of the moving path. For example, when the vertical industry control center controls the terminal device to move according to the moving path, it can indicate the moving path represented by continuous or discontinuous geographic coordinates to the terminal. equipment. In addition, the mark points (for example, a workshop, factory building, intersection, or pre-set mark positions, etc.) of the alternative movement path can also be marked in advance (for example, the mark of one or more mark points passing through), Therefore, the vertical industry control center can also instruct the terminal device to move according to the movement path corresponding to the identification through the identification of one or more landmark points. At this time, the position information of the movement path of the terminal device may include the identification of one or more landmark points. . The movement path of the terminal device may also include the movement direction of the terminal device. For example, when the movement path is represented by geographic coordinates, the first geographic coordinate may indicate the starting point of the moving path, and the last geographic coordinate may indicate the end point of the moving path. Or, when the movement path of the terminal device is indicated by the mark of the mark point, the mark of the previous mark point can be used to indicate the mark point passed by the terminal device, and the mark of the subsequent mark point can be used to indicate the mark passed by the terminal device. For example, when the first path information carries the identification ID 1 and ID 2 of the path identification mark point, the position carried by ID 1 is first, which means that the terminal device first passes the mark point identified by ID 1 and the position carried by ID 2 is After that, it means that the terminal device passes through the landmark point identified by ID 2 and the first path information may indicate that the terminal device moves from the landmark point identified by ID 1 to the landmark point identified by ID 2.
以上终端设备的移动时间可用于指示终端设备何时开始移动。另外,终端设备的移动时间,还可用于指示终端设备移动至和/或离开移动路径上的某一位置的时间。或者,终端设备的移动时间还可用于指示终端设备移动至和/或离开某一区域的时间。The above mobile time of the terminal device can be used to indicate when the terminal device starts to move. In addition, the movement time of the terminal device can also be used to indicate the time when the terminal device moves to and/or leaves a certain position on the movement path. Alternatively, the moving time of the terminal device can also be used to indicate the time when the terminal device moves to and/or leaves a certain area.
以上终端设备的移动速度,可用于指示终端设备沿移动路径移动的快慢。终端设备可根据该移动速度,进行均速移动,或者在不同的路径分段按照不同的速度移动,本申请不做具体限定。根据终端设备的移动速度结合终端设备的移动时间,可确定终端设备何时移动至某一接入网设备的管理区域和/或何时离开某一接入网设备的管理区域。The above moving speed of the terminal device can be used to indicate the speed of the terminal device moving along the moving path. The terminal device can move at an even speed according to the moving speed, or move at different speeds in different path segments, which is not specifically limited in this application. According to the moving speed of the terminal device combined with the moving time of the terminal device, it can be determined when the terminal device moves to and/or leaves the management area of a certain access network device.
以上终端设备的类型信息,可包括终端设备的类型标识或者其他可用于指示终端设备的类型的信息,如组标识或者其他方式的类型指示信息。根据终端设备的类型信息,可确定终端设备是否移动,或者确定终端设备移动速度的快慢。终端设备的类型信息,还可用于表示在作业过程中是否需要切换服务于该终端设备的接入网设备。The above type information of the terminal device may include the type identifier of the terminal device or other information that can be used to indicate the type of the terminal device, such as a group identifier or other type indication information. According to the type information of the terminal device, it can be determined whether the terminal device is moving, or the speed of the terminal device moving. The type information of the terminal device can also be used to indicate whether the access network device serving the terminal device needs to be switched during the operation.
在一种可能的实现方式中,以上S102所示步骤中,路径信息管理网元可根据第一对应关系以及终端设备的在目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息,确定接入网设备对应的路径标识。示例性的,第一对应关系可以包括接入网设备的信息(如接入网设备的标识或接入网设备的位置信息)、接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息以及路径标识三者之间的对应关系。应理解,这里所述接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息,可包括接入网设备的管理区域内的全部或部分可用于终端设备通行的道路的位置信息(如地理坐标和/或位置标识)、途经标志点的位置信息(如地理坐标和/或标志点的标识)或者其他可用于指示位置的信息。In a possible implementation manner, in the step shown in S102 above, the path information management network element may determine the connection according to the first correspondence and the position information of the terminal device's movement path within the management area of the target access network device. Path identifier corresponding to the connected device. Exemplarily, the first correspondence may include the information of the access network device (such as the identification of the access network device or the location information of the access network device), the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identification. Correspondence between. It should be understood that the location information in the management area of the access network device described herein may include all or part of the location information (such as geographic coordinates and/or location) of the road that can be used by the terminal device in the management area of the access network device. Identification), location information of landmarks passing by (such as geographic coordinates and/or identification of landmarks) or other information that can be used to indicate location.
以上第一对应关系可由接入网设备的信息、接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息以及路径标识三者之间的对应关系表表示。其中,不同的接入网设备可通过接入网设备的信息进行区分。该对应关系表可如表1所示。The above first correspondence can be represented by a correspondence table between the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identifier. Among them, different access network equipment can be distinguished by the information of the access network equipment. The correspondence table can be as shown in Table 1.
Figure PCTCN2020087589-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020087589-appb-000001
表1Table 1
示例性的,以上表1中K1、K11以及K111分别表示标志点,K2、K3、K4、K5以及 L5分别表示道路。根据表1所示,同一个路径标识所指示的终端设备在不同接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径不同。例如,路径标识“path ID_1”可用于指示终端设备在接入网设备gNB_1的管理区域内的移动路径为由标志点K1到达标志点K11最后到达标志点K111,此时接入网设备gNB_1为终端设备所途经的接入网设备,即目标接入网设备。路径标识“path ID_1”也可用于指示接入网设备gNB_2的管理区域内的移动路径为K2,此时接入网设备gNB_2为终端设备所途经的接入网设备,即目标接入网设备。因此,当路径信息管理网元向接入网设备gNB_1发送path ID_1时,接入网设备gNB_1可根据表2确定终端设备在接入网设备gNB_1的管理区域内的移动路径为由标志点K1到达标志点K11,最后到达标志点K111;同理,当路径信息管理网元向接入网设备gNB_2发送path ID_1时,接入网设备gNB_2可确定终端设备在接入网设备gNB_2的管理区域内的移动路径为K2。具体的,K1、K2等接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径可以采用表示该路径的起点、终点和一个或一组中间点的地理坐标表示。Exemplarily, K1, K11, and K111 in Table 1 above represent landmark points, and K2, K3, K4, K5, and L5 represent roads, respectively. According to Table 1, the terminal devices indicated by the same path identifier have different moving paths in the management areas of different access network devices. For example, the path ID "path ID_1" can be used to indicate that the mobile path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 is from the mark point K1 to the mark point K11 and finally to the mark point K111, and the access network device gNB_1 is the terminal The access network equipment that the equipment passes through is the target access network equipment. The path ID "path ID_1" can also be used to indicate that the moving path in the management area of the access network device gNB_2 is K2. At this time, the access network device gNB_2 is the access network device through which the terminal device passes, that is, the target access network device. Therefore, when the path information management network element sends path ID_1 to the access network device gNB_1, the access network device gNB_1 can determine according to Table 2 that the mobile path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 is reached by the marker point K1 The mark point K11 finally reaches the mark point K111. Similarly, when the path information management network element sends path ID_1 to the access network device gNB_2, the access network device gNB_2 can determine that the terminal device is in the management area of the access network device gNB_2 The moving path is K2. Specifically, the movement path within the management area of the access network equipment such as K1, K2, etc. may be represented by geographic coordinates indicating the starting point, the end point and one or a group of intermediate points of the path.
另外,S104所示步骤中,接入网设备可根据第二对应关系和终端设备的第二路径信息确定终端设备在自身所管理的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息,其中,第二对应关系包括接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息与路径标识的对应关系。该对应关系表可如表2所示。In addition, in the step shown in S104, the access network device may determine the position information of the movement path of the terminal device within the management area managed by the terminal device according to the second correspondence relationship and the second path information of the terminal device, wherein the second correspondence relationship Including the corresponding relationship between the location information and the path identifier in the management area of the access network device. The correspondence table can be as shown in Table 2.
路径标识Path identification 终端设备在接入网设备gNB_1的管理区域内的移动路径The movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1
path ID_1path ID_1 K1,K11,K111K1, K11, K111
path ID_2path ID_2 K3K3
path ID_3path ID_3 K5K5
表2Table 2
示例性的,以上所述第二对应关系,只存储于该第二对应关系关联的接入网设备中。例如,如表2所示的路径标识与终端设备在接入网设备gNB_1的管理区域内的移动路径表,只存储于接入网设备gNB_1中,其他接入网设备中不存储该表格所示的对应关系,以提高路径指示时的安全性。Exemplarily, the foregoing second correspondence relationship is only stored in the access network device associated with the second correspondence relationship. For example, the path identifier and the movement path table of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 shown in Table 2 are only stored in the access network device gNB_1, and other access network devices are not stored in this table. Correspondence relationship to improve the safety of route indication.
第二对应关系包括在第一对应关系中,例如,表2所示与接入网设备gNB_1的管理区域内的移动路径“K1,K11,K111”所对应的路径标识为路径标识path ID_1,表1所示的接入网设备gNB_1的管理区域内的移动路径“K1,K11,K111”对于的路径标识为路径标识path ID_1。The second correspondence is included in the first correspondence. For example, as shown in Table 2, the path identifier corresponding to the movement path "K1, K11, K111" in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 is the path identifier path ID_1. The path identifier for the moving path "K1, K11, K111" in the management area of the access network device gNB_1 shown in 1 is the path identifier path ID_1.
应理解,本申请所述第一对应关系,可由垂直行业控制中心如NVAF,或者由接入网管理设备,如RAN OAM发送至路径信息管理网元。第一对应关系也可以预配置在路径信息管理网元中。It should be understood that the first correspondence described in this application can be sent to the path information management network element by a vertical industry control center such as NVAF, or by an access network management device such as RAN OAM. The first correspondence may also be pre-configured in the path information management network element.
另外应理解,以上第二对应关系,可由RAN OAM、NVAF或者网络中的其它网元发送至接入网设备。另外,也可以采用预配置的方式存储于接入网设备中。In addition, it should be understood that the above second correspondence can be sent to the access network device by RAN OAM, NVAF, or other network elements in the network. In addition, it can also be stored in the access network device in a pre-configured manner.
另外,在以上S102所示步骤的实施中,路径信息管理网元可根据一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息以及终端设备的第一路径信息,确定终端设备途经的管理区域所归属的一个或多个接入网设备,本申请中可将这些管理区域所归属的接入网设备称为目标接入网设备。这里接入网设备的管理区域,可以是指接入网设备的网络小区(cell)(或 称小区)所覆盖的范围,在该管理区域内,终端设备可接入该接入网设备的小区。路径信息管理网元可存储有一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,例如,存储接入网设备的标识与管理区域的覆盖范围的位置信息之间的对应关系,管理区域的覆盖范围的位置信息可包括覆盖范围的地理坐标信息,或包括覆盖范围的标识(如编号)表示。In addition, in the implementation of the steps shown in S102 above, the path information management network element can determine the management area of the terminal device based on the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices and the first path information of the terminal device. One or more access network devices to which these management areas belong may be referred to as target access network devices in this application. Here, the management area of the access network equipment may refer to the area covered by the network cell (or cell) of the access network equipment. In the management area, the terminal equipment can access the cell of the access network equipment. . The path information management network element can store the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices, for example, store the correspondence between the identification of the access network device and the location information of the coverage area of the management area, and the location information of the management area The location information of the coverage area may include geographic coordinate information of the coverage area, or an identification (such as a serial number) representation of the coverage area.
应理解,本申请所述接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,可由垂直行业控制中心如NVAF,或者由接入网管理设备,如RAN OAM发送至路径信息管理网元。或者,接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息可采用预配置的方式存储于路径信息管理网元。It should be understood that the location information of the management area of the access network device described in this application can be sent to the path information management network element by the vertical industry control center such as NVAF, or by the access network management device such as RAN OAM. Alternatively, the location information of the management area of the access network device may be stored in the path information management network element in a pre-configured manner.
示例性的,若管理区域覆盖或部分覆盖了终端设备的移动路径,则可将该管理区域所归属的接入网设备作为终端设备对应的目标接入网设备。例如图6A所示,若终端设备A在垂直行业场景下的移动路径表示为A1,接入网设备B的小区所覆盖范围为B1,可见,B1覆盖了A1,此时可将接入网设备B作为目标接入网设备。又如图6B所示,若终端设备C在垂直行业场景下的移动路径表示为C1,接入网设备D的小区所覆盖范围为D1,接入网设备E的小区所覆盖范围为E1,可见,D1以及E1均部分覆盖了C1,此时可将接入网设备D以及E作为目标接入网设备。Exemplarily, if the management area covers or partially covers the movement path of the terminal device, the access network device to which the management area belongs may be used as the target access network device corresponding to the terminal device. For example, as shown in Figure 6A, if the mobile path of terminal device A in the vertical industry scenario is represented as A1, and the cell coverage of access network device B is B1, it can be seen that B1 covers A1. At this time, the access network device B is the target access network device. As shown in Figure 6B, if the mobile path of terminal device C in the vertical industry scenario is represented as C1, the cell coverage of access network device D is D1, and the cell coverage of access network device E is E1, it can be seen , D1 and E1 both partially cover C1. At this time, the access network devices D and E can be used as target access network devices.
另外,若终端设备对应的目标接入网设备为多个,路径信息管理网元还可根据目标接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息确定该终端设备接入每个目标接入网设备的先后顺序。具体的,NVAF可将终端设备的移动路径上先经过的管理区域所归属的目标接入网设备,作为终端设备先接入的目标接入网设备,以及将移动路径上后经过的管理区域所归属的目标接入网设备,作为终端设备后接入的目标接入网设备。例如图6B所示,移动路径C1先途经D1后进入E1,因此接入网设备D为终端设备C先接入的目标终端设备,接入网设备E为终端设备C后接入的目标终端设备。In addition, if there are multiple target access network devices corresponding to the terminal device, the path information management network element can also determine the order in which the terminal device accesses each target access network device according to the location information of the management area of the target access network device. order. Specifically, NVAF can determine the target access network device to which the management area that the terminal device passes first on the moving path of the terminal device belongs to, as the target access network device that the terminal device first accesses, and the location of the management area that the terminal device passes after on the moving path. The attribution target access network device is the target access network device that is accessed after the terminal device. For example, as shown in Figure 6B, the moving path C1 first passes through D1 and then enters E1, so the access network device D is the target terminal device that terminal device C accesses first, and the access network device E is the target terminal device that terminal device C accesses later .
以上S102所示步骤中,路径信息管理网元可根据目标接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息以及终端设备的第一路径信息,确定终端设备在目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。例如图6B所示,终端设备C在接入网设备D的管理区域内的移动路径为位置Ca至Cc,终端设备在接入网设备E的管理区域内的移动路径为位置Cb至Cd,其中,终端设备位置Ca、Cb、Cc以及Cd均为移动路径C1的途径点。示例性的,可以通过位置Ca及Cc的位置信息,表示终端设备C在接入网设备D的管理区域内的移动路径,和/或,可以通过位置Cb及Cd的位置信息,表示终端设备在接入网设备E的管理区域内的移动路径。以位置Ca为例,这里的Ca的位置信息,可以包括Ca的坐标信息,或者包括Ca所在的标志点(如厂房、车间或者路口)的标识,或者包括Ca的标识(如Ca为一个标志点)。在确定终端设备在目标接入网的管理区域内的移动路径后,路径信息管理网元可根据前述介绍的方法,确定目标接入网对应的路径标识。例如,路径信息管理网元可根据第一对应关系以及终端设备在目标接入网的管理区域内的移动路径,确定目标接入网设备对应的路径标识。In the above step S102, the path information management network element may determine the movement path of the terminal device within the management area of the target access network device according to the location information of the management area of the target access network device and the first path information of the terminal device . For example, as shown in FIG. 6B, the movement path of the terminal device C in the management area of the access network device D is positions Ca to Cc, and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device E is positions Cb to Cd, where , The terminal device positions Ca, Cb, Cc, and Cd are all approach points of the movement path C1. Exemplarily, the location information of the locations Ca and Cc may be used to indicate the movement path of the terminal device C in the management area of the access network device D, and/or the location information of the locations Cb and Cd may be used to indicate that the terminal device is at The movement path within the management area of the access network equipment E. Take location Ca as an example. The location information of Ca here can include the coordinate information of Ca, or include the logo of the landmark point (such as factory building, workshop, or intersection) where Ca is located, or include the logo of Ca (such as Ca is a landmark) ). After determining the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network, the path information management network element may determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network according to the aforementioned method. For example, the path information management network element may determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device according to the first correspondence and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network.
应理解,第一路径信息也可包括终端设备在接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息,从而路径信息管理网元可根据第一路径信息,确定终端设备在途经的接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。此时,可由NVAF或RAN OAM根据终端设备的第一路径信息以及一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,确定终端设备在接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,具体方法可参照路径信息管理网元确定终端设备在接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径时的方法,此后,NVAF或RAN OAM可在第一路径信息中携带该移动路径的位置信 息,如坐标,或地理位置标识。It should be understood that the first path information may also include the location information of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device, so that the path information management network element can determine the management of the access network device that the terminal device is passing through according to the first path information The movement path within the area. At this time, NVAF or RAN OAM can determine the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device according to the first path information of the terminal device and the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices. The specific method is The path information management network element can refer to the method for determining the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device. Thereafter, NVAF or RAN OAM can carry the location information of the movement path, such as coordinates, in the first path information. Or geographic location identifier.
示例性的,本申请实施例所涉及终端设备的第二路径信息,还可包括终端设备的标识、该终端设备的移动路径的位置信息、终端设备进入目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间和/或终端设备离开目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间中的部分或全部信息。其中,路径信息管理网元可根据终端设备的移动路径,以及终端设备的移动时间和/或终端设备的移动速度,确定终端设备进入目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间和/或终端设备离开目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间。Exemplarily, the second path information of the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may also include the identification of the terminal device, the location information of the mobile path of the terminal device, the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device, and / Or part or all of the information in the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device. Among them, the path information management network element can determine the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device and/or the terminal device leaves according to the movement path of the terminal device, and the movement time of the terminal device and/or the movement speed of the terminal device The time of the management area of the target access network device.
终端设备的第二路径信息还可包括终端设备的类型信息,例如终端设备的类型标识。终端设备的类型信息,可用于网络(核心网设备和/或接入网设备)进行相应的配置。例如,当终端设备的类型信息表示终端设备不需要进行接入网设备的切换时,服务于终端设备的AMF和/或接入网设备可根据终端设备的类型信息进行配置,如配置不支持终端设备进行接入网设备的切换;当终端设备的类型信息表示终端设备的移动速度较快时,服务于终端设备的AMF和/或接入网设备可根据终端设备的类型信息进行配置,以支持终端设备进行频率较高的接入网设备切换。The second path information of the terminal device may also include type information of the terminal device, for example, the type identification of the terminal device. The type information of the terminal equipment can be used in the network (core network equipment and/or access network equipment) for corresponding configuration. For example, when the type information of the terminal device indicates that the terminal device does not need to switch the access network device, the AMF and/or the access network device serving the terminal device can be configured according to the type information of the terminal device, such as the configuration does not support the terminal The equipment switches the access network equipment; when the type information of the terminal equipment indicates that the terminal equipment is moving faster, the AMF and/or the access network equipment serving the terminal equipment can be configured according to the type information of the terminal equipment to support The terminal equipment performs switching of the access network equipment with a higher frequency.
第二路径信息中还可携带终端设备的移动路径,其中,终端设备的移动路径是指终端设备在当前垂直行业场景中的完整的移动路径,该移动路径可以包括终端设备在一个或多个目标接入网的管理区域内的移动路径,如图6B所示,终端设备C的移动路径可包括坐标点Ca至Cd。从而根据第二路径信息,服务于终端设备的接入网设备可根据终端设备的移动路径以及终端设备在该接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,确定终端设备何时移出该接入网设备的管理区域。接入网设备,还可以根据终端设备的移动路径以及终端设备在其他目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,确定终端设备从自身的管理区域移入哪个目标接入网设备的管理区域,以便向该目标接入网设备发起针对该终端设备的切换请求。The second path information may also carry the movement path of the terminal device, where the movement path of the terminal device refers to the complete movement path of the terminal device in the current vertical industry scenario, and the movement path may include the movement path of the terminal device at one or more targets. For the movement path in the management area of the access network, as shown in FIG. 6B, the movement path of the terminal device C may include coordinate points Ca to Cd. Therefore, according to the second path information, the access network device serving the terminal device can determine when the terminal device moves out of the access network according to the movement path of the terminal device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device. The management area of the device. The access network device can also determine which target access network device the terminal device moves into the management area of the target access network device from its own management area according to the movement path of the terminal device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of other target access network equipment. In order to initiate a handover request for the terminal device to the target access network device.
示例性的,若终端设备对应的目标接入网设备为多个,终端设备的第二路径信息还可包括终端设备途经每个目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。例如,终端设备的第二路径信息中先后携带接入网设备a、接入网设备b以及接入网设备c的标识,则该第二路径信息表示终端设备的移动路径,先后途径接入网设备a、接入网设备b以及接入网设备c的管理区域。示例性的,该先后顺序与终端设备接入多个目标接入网设备的先后顺序一致,服务于终端设备的接入网设备可根据该先后顺序,确定终端设备移动位置后下一个接入的接入网设备,从而向该接入网设备发送切换请求。Exemplarily, if there are multiple target access network devices corresponding to the terminal device, the second path information of the terminal device may also include the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device. For example, if the second path information of the terminal device successively carries the identifiers of the access network device a, the access network device b, and the access network device c, then the second path information indicates the movement path of the terminal device, which passes through the access network sequentially. Management area of equipment a, access network equipment b, and access network equipment c. Exemplarily, the sequence is consistent with the sequence in which the terminal device accesses multiple target access network devices. The access network device serving the terminal device can determine the mobile location of the terminal device according to the sequence to determine the next access network device. The access network device sends a handover request to the access network device.
应理解,若终端设备的移动路线途经多个目标接入网的管理区域,该终端设备的第二路径信息可包含每个目标接入网设备的标识、终端设备移动至或离开每个目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间以及终端设备在每个目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息。可选地,此时终端设备的第二路径信息可通过例如表3所示目录(list),携带每个目标接入网的标识、终端设备移动至或离开每个目标接入网的管理区域的时间以及终端设备在每个目标接入网的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息。It should be understood that if the movement route of the terminal device passes through the management area of multiple target access networks, the second path information of the terminal device may include the identification of each target access network device, and the terminal device moves to or leaves each target access network. The time of the management area of the access network device and the location information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of each target access network device. Optionally, the second path information of the terminal device at this time can carry the identification of each target access network through, for example, the list shown in Table 3, and the terminal device moves to or leaves the management area of each target access network. The time and location information of the terminal device's movement path within the management area of each target access network.
Figure PCTCN2020087589-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020087589-appb-000002
表3table 3
根据表3,终端设备的移动路径途径的管理区域所归属的目标终端设备可分别由标识gNB_1、gNB_2以及gNB_3表示。表3所示index可用于指示终端设备接入目标接入网的先后顺序,例如,索引1至3可分别指示终端设备第一、第二以及第三次接入的目标接入网设备,即终端设备先接入gNB_1,之后由gNB_1切换至gNB_2,最后由gNB_2切换至gNB_3;或者,index1至3可分别指示终端设备第三、第二以及第一次接入的目标接入网设备,即终端设备先接入gNB_3,之后由gNB_3切换至gNB_2,最后由gNB_2切换至gNB_1。t_1/t_2分别指示终端设备移动至/离开gNB_1所表示的目标接入网的时间。t_3/t_4分别指示终端设备移动至/离开gNB_2所表示的目标接入网的时间。t_5/t_6分别指示终端设备移动至/离开gNB_3所表示的目标接入网的时间。另外,终端设备在gNB_1所表示的目标接入网的管理区域内的移动路径可表示为L1。终端设备在gNB_2所表示的目标接入网的管理区域内的移动路径可表示为L2。终端设备在gNB_3所表示的目标接入网的管理区域内的移动路径可表示为L3。According to Table 3, the target terminal equipment to which the management area of the movement path of the terminal equipment belongs can be represented by the identifiers gNB_1, gNB_2, and gNB_3, respectively. The index shown in Table 3 can be used to indicate the order in which the terminal device accesses the target access network. For example, indexes 1 to 3 can respectively indicate the first, second, and third access network devices of the terminal device, namely The terminal device first accesses gNB_1, then switches from gNB_1 to gNB_2, and finally switches from gNB_2 to gNB_3; or index 1 to 3 can indicate the third, second, and first access network devices of the terminal device respectively, namely The terminal device first accesses gNB_3, then switches from gNB_3 to gNB_2, and finally switches from gNB_2 to gNB_1. t_1/t_2 respectively indicate the time when the terminal device moves to/leaves the target access network indicated by gNB_1. t_3/t_4 respectively indicate the time when the terminal device moves to/leaves the target access network indicated by gNB_2. t_5/t_6 respectively indicate the time when the terminal device moves to/leaves the target access network indicated by gNB_3. In addition, the movement path of the terminal device within the management area of the target access network indicated by gNB_1 can be expressed as L1. The movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network indicated by gNB_2 can be expressed as L2. The movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network indicated by gNB_3 can be expressed as L3.
应理解,以上表3仅仅是对于终端设备的第二路径信息可能携带的部分信息的示例说明,本申请并不局限于第二路径信息以表1所示表格携带以上信息,第二路径信息中还可通过其他可能的方式携带以上信息,以及第二路径信息中还可携带以上表1所示内容以外的其他可包含在第二路径信息中的信息,如终端设备的标识和/或终端设备的类型信息等等。It should be understood that the above Table 3 is only an example of part of the information that may be carried by the second path information of the terminal device, and this application is not limited to the second path information using the table shown in Table 1 to carry the above information. The above information can also be carried in other possible ways, and the second path information can also carry other information other than the content shown in Table 1 above that can be included in the second path information, such as the identification of the terminal device and/or the terminal device Type information and so on.
在以上S103所示步骤的实施中,路径信息管理网元可通过服务于终端设备的AMF,向该第一接入网设备发送该终端设备的第二路径信息。示例性的,路径信息管理网元向服务于终端设备的AMF发送终端设备的第二路径信息,由该AMF通过AMF与第一接入网设备之间的接口,将终端设备的第二路径信息发送至第一接入网设备。In the implementation of the steps shown in S103 above, the path information management network element may send the second path information of the terminal device to the first access network device through the AMF serving the terminal device. Exemplarily, the path information management network element sends the second path information of the terminal device to the AMF serving the terminal device, and the AMF transfers the second path information of the terminal device through the interface between the AMF and the first access network device Send to the first access network device.
在以上S104所示步骤的实施中,服务于终端设备的第一接入网设备可获取终端设备的第二路径信息,根据第二路径信息,第一接入网设备可获知终端设备在第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,从而能够为终端设备提供更为有效的网络支持,例如,接入网设备可根据该移动路径,获知终端设备将要移出其管理区域,从而确定需要进行终端设备的小区切换。In the implementation of the steps shown in S104 above, the first access network device serving the terminal device can obtain the second path information of the terminal device. According to the second path information, the first access network device can learn that the terminal device is in the first The mobile path within the management area of the access network device can provide more effective network support for the terminal device. For example, the access network device can learn that the terminal device is about to move out of its management area based on the movement path, so as to determine the need to perform Cell handover of terminal equipment.
以上图5所示流程中,路径信息管理网元可包括如图4所示NVAF或RAN OAM。In the above process shown in Figure 5, the path information management network element may include NVAF or RAN OAM as shown in Figure 4.
下面以图7所示流程说明路径信息管理网元包括NVAF时,本申请提供的UE管理方法。该方法可包括以下步骤:The following describes the UE management method provided by this application when the path information management network element includes NVAF with the flow shown in FIG. 7. The method may include the following steps:
S201:垂直行业控制中心将UE的第一路径信息提供给NVAF,第一路径信息包括UE标识、UE的第一路径信息。可选的,UE的第一路径信息还包括UE的移动时间、移动速度或者UE的类型信息中的部分或全部信息。相应地,NVAF接收UE的第一路径信息。S201: The vertical industry control center provides the first path information of the UE to the NVAF. The first path information includes the UE identifier and the first path information of the UE. Optionally, the first path information of the UE further includes part or all of the UE's moving time, moving speed, or UE type information. Correspondingly, the NVAF receives the first path information of the UE.
S202:NVAF根据一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息以及UE的第一路径信息,确定UE途经的接入网设备以及UE在接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,并根据该移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定该接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述路径标识用于指示终端设备在该接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。其中,接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,如接入网设备的小区覆盖信息,可预先配置在NVAF,或者,由垂直行业控制中心或RAN OAM发送至NVAF。第一对应关系可预先配置在NVAF,或者,由垂直行业控制中心或RAN OAM发送至NVAF。S202: The NVAF determines the access network equipment that the UE passes through and the movement path of the UE in the management area of the access network equipment according to the location information of the management area of one or more access network equipment and the first path information of the UE, and According to the movement path and the first corresponding relationship, a path identifier corresponding to the access network device is determined, and the path identifier is used to indicate the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device. Among them, the location information of the management area of the access network equipment, such as the cell coverage information of the access network equipment, can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM. The first correspondence can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM.
S203:NVAF将UE的第二路径信息发送至服务于该UE的AMF。可选的,NVAF可向AMF发送UE接入配置请求(UE access configure request)消息,其中携带UE的第二 路径信息。相应地,NVAF接收UE的第二路径信息。UE的第二路径信息可包括接入网设备的标识以及接入网设备对应的路径标识。第二路径信息还可包括UE进入和/或离开该接入网设备的管理区域的时间UE的路径信息或者该UE的标识中的部分或全部信息。S203: The NVAF sends the second path information of the UE to the AMF serving the UE. Optionally, the NVAF may send a UE access configuration request (UE access configure request) message to the AMF, which carries the second path information of the UE. Correspondingly, the NVAF receives the second path information of the UE. The second path information of the UE may include the identifier of the access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the access network device. The second path information may also include the path information of the UE or part or all of the information in the identifier of the UE when the UE enters and/or leaves the management area of the access network device.
S204:AMF将该UE的第二路径信息发送至服务于该UE的接入网设备。可选的,AMF可向接入网设备发送核心网辅助信息(CN assistance information),其中携带UE的第二路径信息。相应地,接入网设备接收UE的第二路径信息。S204: The AMF sends the second path information of the UE to the access network device serving the UE. Optionally, the AMF may send core network assistance information (CN assistance information) to the access network device, which carries the second path information of the UE. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the second path information of the UE.
S205:接入网设备根据接入网设备对应的路径标识以及第二对应关系,确定UE在接入网设备管理的管理区域内的移动路径。S205: The access network device determines the movement path of the UE in the management area managed by the access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the access network device and the second correspondence.
S206:接入网设备向AMF进行接收反馈消息,以指示接收到第二路径信息。相应地,AMF接收接入网设备发送的接收反馈消息。S206: The access network device receives a feedback message to the AMF to indicate that the second path information is received. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the reception feedback message sent by the access network device.
S207:AMF根据接入网设备的接收反馈消息,向NVAF确认已经完成该UE的第二路径信息在接入网设备中的配置。可选的,AMF可向NVAF发送UE接入配置响应(UE access configure response)消息,其中携带用于指示该UE的第二路径信息已经完成配置的指示信息。该步骤为可选步骤。相应地,NVAF接收UE接入配置响应消息。S207: The AMF confirms to the NVAF that the configuration of the second path information of the UE in the access network device has been completed according to the received feedback message of the access network device. Optionally, the AMF may send a UE access configuration response (UE access configure response) message to the NVAF, which carries indication information used to indicate that the second path information of the UE has been configured. This step is optional. Correspondingly, the NVAF receives the UE access configuration response message.
S208:NVAF向垂直行业控制中心发送消息,用于确认该UE的第二路径信息已经完成配置。该步骤为可选步骤。S208: The NVAF sends a message to the vertical industry control center to confirm that the second path information of the UE has been configured. This step is optional.
如图8所示,若路径信息管理网元包括RAN OAM,本申请提供的一种UE的网络接入管理方法可包括以下步骤:As shown in Fig. 8, if the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, the method for UE network access management provided in this application may include the following steps:
S301:垂直行业控制中心将UE的第一路径信息提供给NVAF,第一路径信息包括UE标识、采用坐标描述的移动路径信息。可选的,UE的第一路径信息还包括UE预期的移动时间和移动速度、是否支持业务连续性或者UE的类型标识等信息中的部分或全部信息。相应地,NVAF接收UE的第一路径信息。S301: The vertical industry control center provides the first path information of the UE to the NVAF. The first path information includes the UE identifier and the movement path information described by coordinates. Optionally, the first path information of the UE also includes part or all of the information such as the expected moving time and moving speed of the UE, whether to support service continuity, or the type identification of the UE. Correspondingly, the NVAF receives the first path information of the UE.
S302:NVAF将UE的第一路径信息提供给RAN OAM。相应地,RAN OAM接收UE的第一路径信息。S302: The NVAF provides the first path information of the UE to the RAN OAM. Correspondingly, the RAN OAM receives the first path information of the UE.
S303:RAN OAM根据一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息以及UE的第一路径信息,UE途经的接入网设备以及UE在接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,并根据该移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定该接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述路径标识用于指示终端设备在该接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。其中,接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,如接入网设备的小区覆盖信息可预先配置在RAN OAM,或者由垂直行业控制中心发送至RAN OAM。第一对应关系可预先配置在RAN OAM,或者,由垂直行业控制中心发送至RAN OAM。S303: RAN OAM is based on the location information of the management area of one or more access network equipment and the first path information of the UE, the access network equipment the UE passes through and the movement path of the UE in the management area of the access network equipment, and According to the movement path and the first corresponding relationship, a path identifier corresponding to the access network device is determined, and the path identifier is used to indicate the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the access network device. Among them, the location information of the management area of the access network equipment, such as the cell coverage information of the access network equipment, can be pre-configured in the RAN OAM, or sent to the RAN OAM by the vertical industry control center. The first correspondence can be pre-configured in the RAN OAM, or sent by the vertical industry control center to the RAN OAM.
S304:RAN OAM将该UE的第二路径信息发送至NVAF。相应地,NVAF接收UE的第二路径信息。第二路径信息可包括接入网设备的标识以及接入网设备对应的路径标识。第二路径信息还可包括UE进入和/或离开该接入网设备的管理区域的时间UE的路径信息或者该UE的标识中的部分或全部信息。S304: The RAN OAM sends the second path information of the UE to the NVAF. Correspondingly, the NVAF receives the second path information of the UE. The second path information may include the identifier of the access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the access network device. The second path information may also include the path information of the UE or part or all of the information in the identifier of the UE when the UE enters and/or leaves the management area of the access network device.
S305:NVAF将该UE的第二路径信息发送至服务于该UE的AMF。可选的,NVAF可向AMF发送UE接入配置请求消息,其中携带该UE的第二路径信息。S305: The NVAF sends the second path information of the UE to the AMF serving the UE. Optionally, the NVAF may send a UE access configuration request message to the AMF, which carries the second path information of the UE.
S306:AMF将该UE的第二路径信息发送至服务于该UE的接入网设备。可选的,AMF可向接入网设备发送核心网辅助信息,其中携带UE的第二路径信息。相应地,接入网设备接收UE的第二路径信息。S306: The AMF sends the second path information of the UE to the access network device serving the UE. Optionally, the AMF may send the core network auxiliary information to the access network device, which carries the second path information of the UE. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the second path information of the UE.
S307:接入网设备根据接入网设备对应的路径标识以及第二对应关系,确定UE在接入网设备管理的管理区域内的移动路径。S307: The access network device determines the movement path of the UE in the management area managed by the access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the access network device and the second correspondence.
S308:接入网设备向AMF进行接收反馈消息,以指示接收到第二路径信息。相应地,AMF接收接入网设备发送的接收反馈消息。S308: The access network device receives a feedback message to the AMF to indicate that the second path information is received. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the reception feedback message sent by the access network device.
S309:AMF向NVAF确认该UE的第二路径信息已经完成配置。可选的,AMF可向NVAF发送UE接入配置响应(UE access configure response),其中携带用于指示该UE的第二路径信息已经完成配置的指示信息。该步骤为可选步骤。相应地,NVAF接收接入配置响应消息。S309: The AMF confirms to the NVAF that the second path information of the UE has been configured. Optionally, the AMF may send a UE access configuration response (UE access configure response) to the NVAF, which carries indication information used to indicate that the second path information of the UE has been configured. This step is optional. Correspondingly, NVAF receives the access configuration response message.
S310:NVAF向垂直行业控制中心发送消息,用于确认已经完成该UE的第二路径信息在接入网设备中的配置。该步骤为可选步骤。S310: The NVAF sends a message to the vertical industry control center to confirm that the configuration of the second path information of the UE in the access network device has been completed. This step is optional.
另外,本申请实施例提供的通信方法,还可在UE的第一路径信息发生变化后,对接入网设备配置的第二路径信息进行更新。其中,UE的第一路径信息发生变化的原因,可以是垂直行业控制中心改变了UE的移动路径、移动时间、移动速度或者UE的类型等信息中的部分或全部信息。In addition, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also update the second path information configured by the access network device after the first path information of the UE changes. Wherein, the reason for the change of the first path information of the UE may be that the vertical industry control center changes part or all of the information such as the moving path, moving time, moving speed, or UE type of the UE.
示例性的,路径信息管理网元可从垂直行业控制中心获取UE更新后的第一路径信息,并基于本申请实施例提供的方法,确定UE更新后的第二路径信息,以及将UE更新后的第二路径信息发送至服务于该UE的接入网设备,UE的接入网设备可根据UE更新后的第二路径信息替换此前存储的UE的第二路径信息,从而在UE的第一路径信息发生变化后可更新接入网设备的配置,令接入网设备根据更新后的第二路径信息管理UE。Exemplarily, the path information management network element may obtain the updated first path information of the UE from the vertical industry control center, and determine the updated second path information of the UE based on the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and update the UE The second path information of the UE is sent to the access network device serving the UE, and the access network device of the UE can replace the previously stored second path information of the UE according to the updated second path information of the UE, so that the first path information of the UE is After the path information changes, the configuration of the access network device can be updated, so that the access network device can manage the UE according to the updated second path information.
下面以路径信息管理网元为NVAF为例,以图9所示流程为例说明该过程,该过程可包括以下步骤:Taking the path information management network element as NVAF as an example, the process shown in Figure 9 is taken as an example to illustrate the process. The process may include the following steps:
S401:垂直行业控制中心将UE更新后的第一路径信息提供给NVAF,第一路径信息可包括UE标识、更新后的采用坐标描述的移动路径信息。可选的,UE更新后的第一路径信息还可包括更新后的以下信息中的部分或全部信息:UE预期的移动时间和移动速度、是否支持业务连续性或者UE的类型标识等信息。相应地,NVAF从垂直行业控制中心接收UE更新后的第一路径信息。S401: The vertical industry control center provides the updated first path information of the UE to the NVAF. The first path information may include the UE identifier and the updated movement path information described by coordinates. Optionally, the updated first path information of the UE may also include some or all of the following updated information: the expected moving time and moving speed of the UE, whether to support service continuity, or the type identification of the UE. Correspondingly, the NVAF receives the updated first path information of the UE from the vertical industry control center.
S402:NVAF根据接入网设备的一个或多个管理区域的位置信息以及UE更新后的第一路径信息,确定更新后的UE途经的接入网设备以及UE在接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,并根据该移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定更新后的接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述路径标识用于指示终端设备在该接入网设备的管理区域内的更新后的移动路径。其中,接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,如接入网设备的小区覆盖信息可预先配置在NVAF,或者,由垂直行业控制中心或RAN OAM发送至NVAF。第一对应关系可预先配置在NVAF,或者,由垂直行业控制中心或RAN OAM发送至NVAF。S402: The NVAF determines the access network equipment that the updated UE passes through and the UE is in the management area of the access network equipment according to the location information of one or more management areas of the access network equipment and the updated first path information of the UE. The path identifier corresponding to the updated access network device is determined according to the moving path and the first corresponding relationship, and the path identifier is used to indicate that the terminal device is in the management area of the access network device after the update Path of movement. Wherein, the location information of the management area of the access network equipment, such as the cell coverage information of the access network equipment, can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM. The first correspondence can be pre-configured in the NVAF, or sent to the NVAF by the vertical industry control center or RAN OAM.
S403:NVAF将该UE更新后的第二路径信息发送至服务于该UE的AMF。可选的,NVAF可向AMF发送UE接入配置请求消息,其中携带该UE更新后的第二路径信息。相应地,AMF从NVAF接收UE更新后的第二路径信息。更新后的UE的第二路径信息可包括更新后的接入网设备的标识以及更新后的接入网设备对应的路径标识。更新后的UE的第二路径信息还可包括更新后的UE进入和/或离开该接入网设备的管理区域的时间UE的路径信息或者该UE的标识中的部分或全部信息。S403: The NVAF sends the updated second path information of the UE to the AMF serving the UE. Optionally, the NVAF may send a UE access configuration request message to the AMF, which carries the updated second path information of the UE. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the updated second path information of the UE from the NVAF. The updated second path information of the UE may include the identifier of the updated access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the updated access network device. The updated second path information of the UE may also include the updated path information of the UE or part or all of the information in the identity of the UE when the UE enters and/or leaves the management area of the access network device.
S404:AMF将该UE更新后的第二路径信息发送至服务于该UE的接入网设备。可选 的,AMF可向接入网设备发送核心网辅助信息,其中携带UE更新后的第二路径信息。相应地,接入网设备从AMF接收UE更新后的第二路径信息。S404: The AMF sends the updated second path information of the UE to the access network device serving the UE. Optionally, the AMF may send core network auxiliary information to the access network device, which carries the updated second path information of the UE. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the updated second path information of the UE from the AMF.
S405:接入网设备根据更新后的接入网设备对应的路径标识以及第二对应关系,确定更新后的UE在接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,并替换此前存储的UE的在接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。S405: The access network device determines the updated movement path of the UE within the management area of the access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the updated access network device and the second correspondence, and replaces the previously stored location of the UE. The movement path within the management area of the access network device.
S406:接入网设备向AMF发送接收反馈消息,以指示接收到UE更新后的第二路径信息。相应地,AMF接收接入网设备发送的接收反馈消息。S406: The access network device sends a reception feedback message to the AMF to indicate that the updated second path information of the UE is received. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the reception feedback message sent by the access network device.
S407:AMF向NVAF确认已经完成该UE更新后的第二路径信息在接入网设备中的配置。可选的,AMF可向NVAF发送UE接入配置响应(UE access configure response),其中携带用于指示该UE更新后的第二路径信息已经完成配置的指示信息。该步骤为可选步骤。相应地,NVAF接收AMF发送的UE接入配置响应消息。S407: The AMF confirms to the NVAF that the configuration of the updated second path information of the UE in the access network device has been completed. Optionally, the AMF may send a UE access configuration response (UE access configure response) to the NVAF, which carries indication information used to indicate that the updated second path information of the UE has been configured. This step is optional. Correspondingly, NVAF receives the UE access configuration response message sent by AMF.
S408:NVAF向垂直行业控制中心发送消息,用于确认已经完成该UE更新后的第二路径信息在接入网设备中的配置。S408: The NVAF sends a message to the vertical industry control center to confirm that the updated second path information of the UE has been configured in the access network device.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,还可由当前服务于终端设备的第一接入网设备根据该终端设备的第二路径信息,向第二接入网设备请求进行终端设备的网络切换,其中,在发生位置移动后,终端设备由第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备,即第一接入网设备为终端设备当前接入的接入网设备,第二接入网设备为终端设备下一跳所接入的接入网设备。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first access network device currently serving the terminal device may also request the second access network device to perform network switching of the terminal device according to the second path information of the terminal device, where: After the location movement occurs, the terminal device is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, that is, the first access network device is the access network device that the terminal device is currently accessing, and the second access network device is The access network device that the terminal device accesses next hop.
具体的,在确定第二接入网设备时,第一接入网设备可根据第二路径信息中的终端设备途经多个目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序,确定终端设备下一个接入的接入网设备,即第二接入网设备。或者,第一接入网设备可根据第二路径信息中的终端设备的移动路径的位置信息、终端设备在第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,以及终端设备在其他目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径,确定终端设备下一个接入的接入网设备,即第二接入网设备。Specifically, when determining the second access network device, the first access network device may determine the next terminal device's next connection based on the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management areas of multiple target access network devices in the second path information. The incoming access network device is the second access network device. Alternatively, the first access network device may access location information of the terminal device in the second path information, the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device, and the terminal device's access to other destinations. The movement path in the management area of the network device determines the next access network device that the terminal device accesses, that is, the second access network device.
第一接入网设备可向第二接入网设备发送条件切换请求(conditional handover request)消息,用于令第二接入网设备准备进行终端设备的切换,如进行准许控制(admission control)和条件切换配置。条件切换请求消息可携带终端设备的标识、终端设备的第二路径信息、终端设备的上下文(UE context)或者终端设备的类型信息中的部分或全部信息。The first access network device may send a conditional handover request message to the second access network device to make the second access network device prepare for terminal device switching, such as admission control and Conditional switch configuration. The conditional switching request message may carry part or all of the identification of the terminal device, the second path information of the terminal device, the context (UE context) of the terminal device, or the type information of the terminal device.
第二接入网设备在接收条件切换请求消息后,可向第一接入网设备发送以下条件配置信息(conditional handover configuration)中的一种或多种信息:归属于第二接入网设备的小区标识、归属于第二接入网设备的小区频点、终端设备被允许接入第二接入网设备的优先级、归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的切换门限或者第二接入网设备的随机接入前导序列(preamble)。第一接入网设备可向终端设备提供以上条件配置信息,例如向终端设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)配置请求(RRC configuration request)消息其中携带条件配置信息,从而由终端设备根据该条件配置信息进行搜索和选择网络小区,以接入第二接入网设备。After receiving the conditional switching request message, the second access network device may send one or more of the following conditional handover configuration information to the first access network device: the information belonging to the second access network device The cell identifier, the frequency of the cell belonging to the second access network device, the priority of the terminal device allowed to access the second access network device, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device, or the second Random access preamble of the access network equipment. The first access network device can provide the above conditional configuration information to the terminal device. For example, it sends a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) configuration request (RRC configuration request) message to the terminal device. The conditional configuration information searches and selects network cells to access the second access network device.
另外,条件切换请求可携带终端设备的第二路径信息,从而由第二接入网设备存储终端设备的第二路径信息。第二接入网设备可根据第二路径信息,确定终端设备离开第二接入网的管理区域后进入的下一个管理区域所归属的目标接入网设备,以便提前请求该接入网设备进行终端设备的切换准备。In addition, the conditional switching request may carry the second path information of the terminal device, so that the second access network device stores the second path information of the terminal device. The second access network device may determine, according to the second path information, the target access network device to which the next management area that the terminal device enters after leaving the management area of the second access network belongs, so as to request the access network device to perform Preparation for handover of terminal equipment.
如图10所示,本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法可包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 10, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
S501:终端设备接入第一接入网设备,其中,第一接入网设备存储有终端设备的第二路径信息。这里,第一接入网设备可以根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法,获取并存储该第二路径信息。S501: The terminal device accesses the first access network device, where the first access network device stores second path information of the terminal device. Here, the first access network device may obtain and store the second path information according to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
S502:第一接入网设备根据第二路径信息,确定第二接入网设备,在发生位置移动后,终端设备由第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。S502: The first access network device determines the second access network device according to the second path information, and after a position movement occurs, the terminal device is switched from the first access network device to the second access network device.
S503:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送条件切换请求消息,条件切换请求消息用于请求第二终端设备就终端设备即将发生的切换进行提前配置。条件切换请求消息可包括终端设备的标识、终端设备的上下文、终端设备的第二路径信息中的部分或全部信息。相应地,第二接入网设备接收该条件切换请求消息。当条件切换请求消息包括终端设备的第二路径信息时,第二接入网设备可根据终端设备的第二路径信息确定终端设备在第二接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息,例如,第二接入网设备根据第二路径信息中第二接入网设备对应的路径标识,以及第二接入网设备存储的路径标识与该第二接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息之间的对应关系,确定该终端设备在第二接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息。S503: The first access network device sends a conditional switching request message to the second access network device, where the conditional switching request message is used to request the second terminal device to perform advance configuration on the upcoming switching of the terminal device. The condition switching request message may include part or all of the identification of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device, and the second path information of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the conditional switching request message. When the condition switching request message includes the second path information of the terminal device, the second access network device may determine the position information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the second access network device according to the second path information of the terminal device For example, the second access network device according to the path identifier corresponding to the second access network device in the second path information, and the path identifier stored by the second access network device and the value in the management area of the second access network device The correspondence between the location information determines the location information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the second access network device.
S504:第二接入网设备进行准许控制和条件切换配置。S504: The second access network device performs admission control and conditional switching configuration.
S505:第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送条件切换响应(conditional handover response)消息,其中携带条件切换配置信息。条件切换配置信息包括归属于第二接入网设备的小区标识、归属于第二接入网设备的小区频点、终端设备被允许接入的优先级、归属于第二接入网设备的小区的切换门限或者随机接入前导序列中的部分或全部信息。相应地,第一接入网设备接收该条件切换请求消息。S505: The second access network device sends a conditional handover response (conditional handover response) message to the first access network device, which carries conditional handover configuration information. The conditional handover configuration information includes the cell identity belonging to the second access network device, the cell frequency of the second access network device, the priority that the terminal device is allowed to access, and the cell belonging to the second access network device The handover threshold or random access to some or all of the information in the preamble sequence. Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the conditional switching request message.
S506:第一接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC配置请求消息,其中携带条件配置信息。相应地,终端设备接收该RRC配置请求消息。S506: The first access network device sends an RRC configuration request message to the terminal device, which carries condition configuration information. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC configuration request message.
S507:终端设备向第一接入网设备发送RRC配置响应消息,以进行接收反馈。S507: The terminal device sends an RRC configuration response message to the first access network device to receive feedback.
S508:终端设备根据RRC配置请求消息中的条件配置信息,进行搜索和选择网络小区。S508: The terminal device searches for and selects a network cell according to the conditional configuration information in the RRC configuration request message.
S509:终端设备向第二接入网设备发送RRC连接请求(RRC connection request)消息,以请求接入条件配置信息所指示的网络小区。相应地,第二接入网设备接收该RRC连接请求消息。S509: The terminal device sends an RRC connection request (RRC connection request) message to the second access network device to request the network cell indicated by the access condition configuration information. Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the RRC connection request message.
S510:第二接入网设备响应于RRC连接请求消息建立与终端设备之间的RRC连接,并向终端设备发送RRC连接响应(RRC connection response)消息,以指示完成终端设备的切换。相应地,终端设备接收该RRC连接响应消息。S510: The second access network device establishes an RRC connection with the terminal device in response to the RRC connection request message, and sends an RRC connection response (RRC connection response) message to the terminal device to indicate completion of the handover of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC connection response message.
基于与以上方法实施例相同的发明构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可具备上述方法实施例中的路径信息管理网元(包括NVAF/RAN OAM)的功能,并可用于执行上述方法实施例提供的由路径信息管理网元执行的步骤。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过软件或者硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。Based on the same inventive concept as the above method embodiment, an embodiment of the application also provides a communication device, which can have the function of the path information management network element (including NVAF/RAN OAM) in the above method embodiment, and It can be used to execute the steps provided by the path information management network element provided in the foregoing method embodiment. The functions can be realized by hardware, or by software or hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,如图11所示的通信装置1100可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的路径信息管理网元,并执行上述方法实施例中由路径信息管理网元执行的步骤。如图11所示,该通信装置1100可包括通信模块1101以及处理模块1102,以上通信模块1101以及数据传输模块1102之间相互耦合。所述通信模块1101可用于支持通信装置1100进行 通信,处理模块1102可用于支持所述通信装置1100执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 can be used as the path information management network element involved in the foregoing method embodiment, and execute the steps performed by the path information management network element in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in FIG. 11, the communication device 1100 may include a communication module 1101 and a processing module 1102, and the communication module 1101 and the data transmission module 1102 are mutually coupled. The communication module 1101 can be used to support the communication device 1100 to communicate, and the processing module 1102 can be used to support the communication device 1100 to perform the processing actions in the foregoing method embodiments.
在执行所述方法实施例时,通信模块1101可用于接收来自垂直行业控制中心的终端设备的第一路径信息,所述第一路径信息包括所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;处理模块1102可用于,根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息,获取所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;通信模块1101还可用于,向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。When performing the method embodiment, the communication module 1101 can be used to receive first path information from a terminal device of a vertical industry control center, where the first path information includes location information of the moving path of the terminal device; processing module 1102 Can be used to obtain second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path corresponding to the target access network device ID, the path ID corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the moving path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; the communication module 1101 may also be used to send to the first access network device According to the second path information, the target access network device includes the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块1102在获取终端设备的第二路径信息时,可以根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息以及一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,确定所述目标接入网设备以及所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径。In a possible design, when the processing module 1102 obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it may determine according to the first path information of the terminal device and the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices The target access network device and the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块1102在获取终端设备的第二路径信息时,可以根据目标接入网设备的信息、所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述第一对应关系包括接入网设备的信息、接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息以及路径标识三者之间的对应关系。In a possible design, when the processing module 1102 obtains the second path information of the terminal device, it can be based on the information of the target access network device and the movement of the terminal device within the management area of the target access network device. The path and the first correspondence relationship determine the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, and the first correspondence relationship includes the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identifier. Correspondence between.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块1101可从接入网管理设备接收所述第一对应关系。In a possible design, the communication module 1101 may receive the first correspondence from the access network management device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块1101可从接入网管理设备接收接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息。In a possible design, the communication module 1101 may receive location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一路径信息具体包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的标识,所述终端设备的移动路径,所述终端设备的移动时间,所述终端设备的移动速度,或者所述终端设备的类型信息中的部分或全部信息。In a possible design, the first path information specifically includes some or all of the following information: the identification of the terminal device, the movement path of the terminal device, the movement time of the terminal device, the The moving speed of the terminal device, or some or all of the information in the type information of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;或者,所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示:所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is also used to indicate: the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device .
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括NVAF,通信模块1101可向服务于所述终端设备的接入和移动管理功能网元发送所述第二路径信息,并由接入和移动管理功能网元向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes NVAF, and the communication module 1101 may send the second path information to the access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device, and the access And the mobility management function network element sends the second path information to the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括RAN OAM,通信模块1101可从NVAF,接收所述第一路径信息。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the communication module 1101 may receive the first path information from the NVAF.
在一种可能的设计中,所述路径信息管理网元包括RAN OAM,通信模块1101可向NVAF发送所述第二路径信息;所述第二路径信息可由所述NVAF向所述第一接入网设备发送;或者,所述第二路径信息可由所述NVAF通过服务于所述终端设备的接入和移动管理功能网元,向所述第一接入网设备发送。In a possible design, the path information management network element includes RAN OAM, and the communication module 1101 can send the second path information to the NVAF; the second path information can be accessed by the NVAF to the first Or, the second path information may be sent by the NVAF to the first access network device through an access and mobility management function network element serving the terminal device.
在另一种实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的通信装置还可由硬件组件构成,这些硬件组件例如处理器、存储器或者收发器等。In another implementation manner, the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application may also be composed of hardware components, such as a processor, a memory, or a transceiver.
示例性的,若该通信装置为路径信息管理网元,其结构可如图12所示。为便于理解,图12中仅示出了执行本申请所示方法所必须的结构,本申请并不限制通信装置可具备更 多组件。该通信装置1200可包括收发器1201、存储器1202以及处理器1203。该收发器1201可以用于通信装置进行通信,如用于发送或接收信号。该存储器1202与所述处理器1203耦合,其用于保存通信装置1200实现各功能所必要的程序和数据。该处理器1203被配置为支持通信装置1200执行上述方法中相应的处理功能,如生成由收发器1201发送的信息、消息,和/或,对收发器1201接收的信号进行解调解码等等。以上存储器1202以及处理器1203可集成于一体也可相互独立。Exemplarily, if the communication device is a path information management network element, its structure may be as shown in FIG. 12. For ease of understanding, FIG. 12 only shows the structure necessary to implement the method shown in this application, and this application does not limit the communication device that may have more components. The communication device 1200 may include a transceiver 1201, a memory 1202, and a processor 1203. The transceiver 1201 can be used for communication with a communication device, for example, for sending or receiving signals. The memory 1202 is coupled with the processor 1203, and is used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 1200 to implement various functions. The processor 1203 is configured to support the communication device 1200 to perform the corresponding processing functions in the foregoing method, such as generating information and messages sent by the transceiver 1201, and/or demodulating and decoding signals received by the transceiver 1201, and so on. The above memory 1202 and processor 1203 may be integrated or independent of each other.
具体的,该收发器1201可以是无线收发器,可用于支持通信装置1200通过无线空口接收和发送信令和/或数据。收发器1201也可被称为收发单元或通信单元。另外,收发器也可以是接口,如核心网中用于网元之间通信的接口。应理解,以上存储器1202也可以是外接于通信装置1200的,此时该通信装置1200可仅包括收发器1201以及处理器1203。Specifically, the transceiver 1201 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication device 1200 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface. The transceiver 1201 may also be referred to as a transceiving unit or a communication unit. In addition, the transceiver may also be an interface, such as an interface used for communication between network elements in a core network. It should be understood that the above memory 1202 may also be externally connected to the communication device 1200. In this case, the communication device 1200 may only include the transceiver 1201 and the processor 1203.
在通过如图12所示结构实现以上通信装置时,可由处理器1203执行以上处理模块1102所执行的步骤,以及,由收发器1201执行以上通信模块1101所执行的步骤。存储器1202可用于存储程序,用于处理器1203执行改程序以执行以上处理模块1102所执行的步骤。When the above communication device is implemented by the structure shown in FIG. 12, the steps executed by the above processing module 1102 can be executed by the processor 1203, and the steps executed by the above communication module 1101 can be executed by the transceiver 1201. The memory 1202 may be used to store a program for the processor 1203 to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the processing module 1102 above.
示例性的,如图13所示的通信装置1300可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的接入和移动管理功能网元,并执行上述方法实施例中由接入和移动管理功能网元(包括AMF)执行的步骤。如图13所示,该通信装置1300可包括通信模块1301以及处理模块1302,以上通信模块1301以及数据传输模块1302之间相互耦合。所述通信模块1301可用于支持通信装置1300进行通信,处理模块1302可用于支持所述通信装置1300执行相应的处理动作。Exemplarily, the communication device 1300 shown in FIG. 13 can be used as the access and mobility management function network element involved in the above method embodiment, and executes the access and mobility management function network element (including AMF) in the above method embodiment. ) The steps performed. As shown in FIG. 13, the communication device 1300 may include a communication module 1301 and a processing module 1302, and the communication module 1301 and the data transmission module 1302 are coupled with each other. The communication module 1301 may be used to support the communication device 1300 to communicate, and the processing module 1302 may be used to support the communication device 1300 to perform corresponding processing actions.
在执行所述方法实施例时,通信模块1301可接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述路径信息管理网元获取终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;通信模块1301向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。When performing the method embodiment, the communication module 1301 may receive second path information of the terminal device, the path information management network element obtains the second path information of the terminal device, and the second path information includes the target access network device And the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the moving path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device; communication module 1301 sends the second path information to a first access network device, where the target access network device includes the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;或者,所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块1301可从NVAF接收所述第二路径信息。第二路径信息可由NVAF或由RAN OAM通过NVAF发送至通信模块1301。In a possible design, the communication module 1301 may receive the second path information from the NVAF. The second path information may be sent to the communication module 1301 by NVAF or by RAN OAM through NVAF.
示例性的,若该通信装置为接入和移动管理功能网元,其结构可如图14所示。为便于理解,图14中仅示出了执行本申请所示方法所必须的结构,本申请并不限制通信装置可具备更多组件。该通信装置1400可包括收发器1401、存储器1402以及处理器1403。该收发器1401可以用于通信装置进行通信,如用于发送或接收信号。该存储器1402与所述处理器1403耦合,其用于保存通信装置1400实现各功能所必要的程序和数据。该处理器1403被配置为支持通信装置1400执行上述方法中相应的处理功能,如生成由收发器1401发送的信息、消息,和/或,对收发器1401接收的信号进行解调解码等等。以上存储器1402以及处理器1403可集成于一体也可相互独立。Exemplarily, if the communication device is an access and mobility management function network element, its structure may be as shown in FIG. 14. For ease of understanding, FIG. 14 only shows the structure necessary to implement the method shown in the present application, and the present application does not limit the communication device to be equipped with more components. The communication device 1400 may include a transceiver 1401, a memory 1402, and a processor 1403. The transceiver 1401 can be used for communication with a communication device, for example, for sending or receiving signals. The memory 1402 is coupled with the processor 1403, and is used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 1400 to implement various functions. The processor 1403 is configured to support the communication device 1400 to perform corresponding processing functions in the foregoing methods, such as generating information and messages sent by the transceiver 1401, and/or demodulating and decoding signals received by the transceiver 1401, and so on. The above memory 1402 and the processor 1403 may be integrated or independent of each other.
具体的,该收发器1401可以是无线收发器,可用于支持通信装置1400通过无线空口接收和发送信令和/或数据。收发器1401也可被称为收发单元或通信单元。另外,收发器也可以是接口,如核心网中用于网元之间通信的接口。应理解,以上存储器1402也可以是外接于通信装置1400的,此时该通信装置1400可仅包括收发器1401以及处理器1403。Specifically, the transceiver 1401 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication device 1400 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface. The transceiver 1401 may also be referred to as a transceiving unit or a communication unit. In addition, the transceiver may also be an interface, such as an interface used for communication between network elements in a core network. It should be understood that the above memory 1402 may also be externally connected to the communication device 1400. In this case, the communication device 1400 may only include the transceiver 1401 and the processor 1403.
在通过如图14所示结构实现以上通信装置时,可由处理器1403执行以上处理模块1302所执行的步骤,以及,由收发器1401执行以上通信模块1301所执行的步骤。存储器1402可用于存储程序,用于处理器1403执行改程序以执行以上处理模块1302所执行的步骤。When the above communication device is implemented by the structure shown in FIG. 14, the steps executed by the above processing module 1302 can be executed by the processor 1403, and the steps executed by the above communication module 1301 can be executed by the transceiver 1401. The memory 1402 may be used to store a program for the processor 1403 to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the processing module 1302 above.
示例性的,如图15所示的通信装置1500可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的第一接入网设备,并执行上述方法实施例中由第一接入网设备(包括gNB_1和/或gNB_2)执行的步骤。如图15所示,该通信装置1500可包括通信模块1501以及处理模块1502,以上通信模块1501以及数据处理模块1502之间相互耦合。所述通信模块1501可用于支持通信装置1500进行通信,处理模块1502可用于支持所述通信装置1500执行相应的处理动作。Exemplarily, the communication device 1500 shown in FIG. 15 can be used as the first access network device involved in the foregoing method embodiment, and executes the first access network device (including gNB_1 and/or gNB_2) in the foregoing method embodiment. ) The steps performed. As shown in FIG. 15, the communication device 1500 may include a communication module 1501 and a processing module 1502, and the communication module 1501 and the data processing module 1502 are coupled with each other. The communication module 1501 can be used to support the communication device 1500 to communicate, and the processing module 1502 can be used to support the communication device 1500 to perform corresponding processing actions.
在执行所述方法实施例时,通信模块1501可接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备;处理模块1502根据所述第二路径信息确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息。When performing the method embodiment, the communication module 1501 may receive second path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device. The path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device; processing The module 1502 determines the location information of the moving path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识包括所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,处理模块1502可根据第二对应关系以及所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息与路径标识之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, and the processing module 1502 may use the second correspondence relationship and the first access network device. The path identifier corresponding to the device determines the location information of the mobile path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device, and the second correspondence relationship includes the location information in the management area of the first access network device The corresponding relationship between the location information and the path identifier.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块1501可从接入和移动管理功能网元接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述接入和移动管理功能网元服务于所述终端设备。In a possible design, the communication module 1501 may receive the second path information of the terminal device from the access and mobility management function network element, and the access and mobility management function network element serves the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息可包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;或者,所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。In a possible design, the second path information may include some or all of the following information: location information of the moving path of the terminal device; or, the terminal device enters the target access network device Or, the time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标接入网设备为多个,处理模块1502可根据所述第二路径信息确定第二接入网设备,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第一接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第二接入网设备的管理区域,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备;通信模块1501向所述第二接入网设备发送所述终端设备的上下文和所述第二路径信息;通信模块1501从所述第二接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于搜索和选择所述第二接入网设备的小区;通信模块1501向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。In a possible design, there are multiple target access network devices, the processing module 1502 may determine the second access network device according to the second path information, and the moving path of the terminal device is from the first The management area of the access network device enters the management area of the second access network device, and the target access network device includes the second access network device; the communication module 1501 sends to the second access network device The context of the terminal device and the second path information; the communication module 1501 receives first information from the second access network device, and the first information is used to search for and select the second access network device Cell; the communication module 1501 sends the first information to the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经所述多个目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序,处理模块1502可根据所述先后顺序确定所述第二接入网设备。In a possible design, the second path information is also used to indicate the sequence in which the terminal device passes through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, and the processing module 1502 may determine the sequence according to the sequence. The second access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一信息可包括以下信息中的一个或多个:所述归属于所 述第二接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,所述终端设备被允许接入所述第二接入网设备的优先级;或者,所述第二接入网设备随机接入前导序列preamble。In a possible design, the first information may include one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the first information 2. The frequency point of the cell of the access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device Priority; or, the second access network device randomly accesses the preamble sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块1501可从第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第三接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第一接入网设备的管理区域。In a possible design, the communication module 1501 may receive the second path information of the terminal device from a third access network device, and the moving path of the terminal device enters from the management area of the third access network device The management area of the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块1501还可从所述第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的上下文,并向所述第三接入网设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于搜索和选择所述第一接入网设备的小区。In a possible design, the communication module 1501 may also receive the context of the terminal device from the third access network device, and send second information to the third access network device. Used to search and select the cell of the first access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二信息还包括以下信息中的一个或多个:所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,所述归属于所述第一接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,所述终端设备被允许接入所述第一接入网设备的优先级;或者,所述第一接入网设备的随机接入前导序列preamble。In a possible design, the second information further includes one or more of the following information: the identity of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the second information A frequency point of the cell of an access network device; or, the handover threshold of the cell belonging to the first access network device; or, the terminal device is allowed to access the first access network device Priority; or, the random access preamble sequence of the first access network device.
示例性的,若该通信装置为第一接入网设备,其结构可如图16所示。为便于理解,图16中仅示出了执行本申请所示方法所必须的结构,本申请并不限制通信装置可具备更多组件。该通信装置1600可包括收发器1601、存储器1602以及处理器1603。该收发器1601可以用于通信装置进行通信,如用于发送或接收信号。该存储器1602与所述处理器1603耦合,其用于保存通信装置1600实现各功能所必要的程序和数据。该处理器1603被配置为支持通信装置1600执行上述方法中相应的处理功能,如生成由收发器1601发送的信息、消息,和/或,对收发器1601接收的信号进行解调解码等等。以上存储器1602以及处理器1603可集成于一体也可相互独立。Exemplarily, if the communication device is the first access network device, its structure may be as shown in FIG. 16. For ease of understanding, FIG. 16 only shows the structure necessary to implement the method shown in the present application, and the present application does not limit the communication device to be provided with more components. The communication device 1600 may include a transceiver 1601, a memory 1602, and a processor 1603. The transceiver 1601 can be used for communication with a communication device, for example, for sending or receiving signals. The memory 1602 is coupled with the processor 1603, and is used to store programs and data necessary for the communication device 1600 to implement various functions. The processor 1603 is configured to support the communication device 1600 to perform corresponding processing functions in the foregoing method, such as generating information and messages sent by the transceiver 1601, and/or demodulating and decoding signals received by the transceiver 1601, and so on. The above memory 1602 and the processor 1603 may be integrated or independent of each other.
具体的,该收发器1601可以是无线收发器,可用于支持通信装置1600通过无线空口接收和发送信令和/或数据。收发器1601也可被称为收发单元或通信单元。另外,收发器也可以是接口,如核心网中用于网元之间通信的接口。应理解,以上存储器1602也可以是外接于通信装置1600的,此时该通信装置1600可仅包括收发器1601以及处理器1603。Specifically, the transceiver 1601 may be a wireless transceiver, which may be used to support the communication device 1600 to receive and send signaling and/or data through a wireless air interface. The transceiver 1601 may also be referred to as a transceiving unit or a communication unit. In addition, the transceiver may also be an interface, such as an interface used for communication between network elements in a core network. It should be understood that the above memory 1602 may also be externally connected to the communication device 1600. In this case, the communication device 1600 may only include the transceiver 1601 and the processor 1603.
在通过如图16所示结构实现以上通信装置时,可由处理器1603执行以上处理模块1502所执行的步骤,以及,由收发器1601执行以上通信模块1501所执行的步骤。存储器1602可用于存储程序,用于处理器1603执行改程序以执行以上处理模块1502所执行的步骤。When the above communication device is implemented by the structure shown in FIG. 16, the steps executed by the above processing module 1502 can be executed by the processor 1603, and the steps executed by the above communication module 1501 can be executed by the transceiver 1601. The memory 1602 may be used to store a program for the processor 1603 to execute the modified program to execute the steps performed by the processing module 1502 above.
应理解,以上实施例中对于通信装置所包含组件是示意性的,仅仅为一种可能的示例,其实际实现时可以具有另外的构成方式。另外,以上通信装置中的各组件可以集成在一个模块中,也可以是单独的物理存在。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现,不应理解为以以上附图所示结构为限。It should be understood that the components included in the communication device in the above embodiments are illustrative, and are only a possible example, which may have other configuration modes in actual implementation. In addition, each component in the above communication device may be integrated into a module, or may be a separate physical existence. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules, and should not be construed as limited to the structure shown in the above drawings.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,使该计算机执行上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的实现方式中由路径信息管理网元、接入和移动管理功能网元或者第一接入网设备执行的操作。Based on the same idea as the above method embodiment, the embodiment of the application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored. When the program is executed by a processor, the computer executes the above method embodiment and method implementation. An operation performed by a path information management network element, an access and mobility management function network element, or a first access network device in any possible implementation manner of the example.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品在被计算机调用执行时,可以使得计算机实现上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的实现方式中由路径信息管理网元、接入和移动管理功能网元或者第一接入网设备 执行的操作。Based on the same idea as the above method embodiment, the present application also provides a computer program product, which when invoked and executed by a computer, enables the computer to implement the above method embodiment and any possible implementation of the method embodiment The operations performed by the path information management network element, the access and mobility management function network element, or the first access network device.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请还提供一种芯片或芯片系统,该芯片与收发器耦合,用于实现上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的实现方式中由路径信息管理网元、接入和移动管理功能网元或者第一接入网设备执行的操作。该芯片系统可包括该芯片。Based on the same concept as the above method embodiment, this application also provides a chip or chip system, which is coupled with a transceiver, and is used to implement the above method embodiment and any one of the possible implementation manners of the method embodiment. Operations performed by the management network element, the access and mobility management function network element, or the first access network device. The chip system may include the chip.
基于与上述方法实施例相同构思,本申请还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统可用于实现上述方法实施例、方法实施例的任意一种可能的实现方式中由路径信息管理网元、接入和移动管理功能网元或者第一接入网设备执行的操作。示例性的,该通信系统具有如图4所示结构。Based on the same idea as the above method embodiment, this application also provides a communication system that can be used to implement the above method embodiment and any possible implementation of the method embodiment. Path information management network element, access And the operations performed by the mobility management function network element or the first access network device. Exemplarily, the communication system has a structure as shown in FIG. 4.
本申请实施例是参照实施例所涉及的方法、装置、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The embodiments of the present application are described with reference to flowcharts and/or block diagrams of methods, devices, and computer program products involved in the embodiments. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processors of general-purpose computers, special computers, embedded processors, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are generated A device used to implement the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Claims (45)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    路径信息管理网元接收来自垂直行业控制中心的终端设备的第一路径信息,所述第一路径信息包括所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;The path information management network element receives first path information from a terminal device of a vertical industry control center, where the first path information includes location information of a moving path of the terminal device;
    所述路径信息管理网元根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息,获取所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;The path information management network element obtains second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes information about the target access network device and the target access network A path identifier corresponding to the device, where the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device;
    所述路径信息管理网元向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。The path information management network element sends the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述路径信息管理网元获取终端设备的第二路径信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the path information management network element acquiring second path information of the terminal device comprises:
    所述路径信息管理网元根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息以及一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,确定所述目标接入网设备以及所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径;The path information management network element determines that the target access network device and the terminal device are located at the target according to the first path information of the terminal device and the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices. The movement path within the management area of the access network equipment;
    所述路径信息管理网元根据所述目标接入网设备的信息、所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述第一对应关系包括接入网设备的信息、接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息以及路径标识三者之间的对应关系。The path information management network element determines the target access network based on the information of the target access network device, the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the first correspondence relationship. The path identifier corresponding to the device, and the first corresponding relationship includes the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the corresponding relationship between the path identifier.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 2, further comprising:
    所述路径信息管理网元从接入网管理设备接收所述第一对应关系以及接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息。The path information management network element receives the first correspondence and the location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
  4. 如权利要求1-3中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the second path information further includes some or all of the following information:
    所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device.
  5. 如权利要求1-4中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is further used to indicate:
    所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。The sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
  6. 如权利要求1-5中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述路径信息管理网元包括网络视觉和感知功能NVAF网元或接入网操作维护管理设备RAN OAM。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the path information management network element includes a network vision and perception function NVAF network element or an access network operation, maintenance and management equipment RAN OAM.
  7. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一接入网设备接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备;The first access network device receives second path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device, and the target access network device corresponds to The path identifier corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二路径信息确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息。The first access network device determines location information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识包括所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二路径信息确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, and the first access network device is based on the first access network device. The second path information determines the location information of the moving path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device, including:
    所述第一接入网设备根据第二对应关系以及所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息与路径标识之间的对应关系。The first access network device determines the position of the mobile path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second correspondence and the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device Information, the second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the location information in the management area of the first access network device and the path identifier.
  9. 如权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the second path information includes some or all of the following information:
    所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device.
  10. 如权利要求7至9中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备为多个,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein there are multiple target access network devices, and further comprising:
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二路径信息确定第二接入网设备,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第一接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第二接入网设备的管理区域,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备;The first access network device determines a second access network device according to the second path information, and the movement path of the terminal device enters the second access network from the management area of the first access network device A management area of a device, where the target access network device includes the second access network device;
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送所述终端设备的上下文和所述第二路径信息;Sending, by the first access network device, the context of the terminal device and the second path information to the second access network device;
    所述第一接入网设备从所述第二接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于搜索和选择所述第二接入网设备的小区;Receiving, by the first access network device, first information from the second access network device, where the first information is used to search for and select a cell of the second access network device;
    所述第二接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。The second access network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  11. 如权利要求7-10中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经所述多个目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序,所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二路径信息确定第二接入网设备,包括:The method according to any one of claims 7-10, wherein the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing the management area of the multiple target access network devices, so The first access network device determining the second access network device according to the second path information includes:
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述先后顺序确定所述第二接入网设备。The first access network device determines the second access network device according to the sequence.
  12. 如权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first information includes one or more of the following information:
    所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,The identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or,
    所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,The frequency point of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or,
    所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,The handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or,
    所述终端设备被允许接入所述第二接入网设备的优先级;或者,The priority at which the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device; or,
    所述第二接入网设备的随机接入前导序列preamble。The random access preamble sequence of the second access network device.
  13. 如权利要求7-12中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,第一接入网设备接收终端设备的第二路径信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 7-12, wherein the first access network device receiving the second path information of the terminal device comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备从第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第三接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第一接入网设备的管理区域。The first access network device receives the second path information of the terminal device from the third access network device, and the movement path of the terminal device enters the first path from the management area of the third access network device. The management area of the access network equipment.
  14. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接入和移动管理功能网元接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息来自于路径信息管理网元,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网 设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;The access and mobility management function network element receives the second path information of the terminal device, the second path information comes from the path information management network element, and the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the target connection A path identifier corresponding to the network access device, where the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device;
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。The access and mobility management function network element sends the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。The communication method according to claim 14, wherein the second path information further includes some or all of the following information: the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or , The time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  16. 如权利要求14或15所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。The communication method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is also used to indicate that the terminal device passes through each target access network. The order of the management area of the device.
  17. 如权利要求14-16中任一所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述路径信息管理网元包括网络视觉和感知功能NVAF网元或接入网操作维护管理设备RAN OAM。The communication method according to any one of claims 14-16, wherein the path information management network element comprises a network vision and perception function NVAF network element or an access network operation maintenance management equipment RAN OAM.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    通信模块,用于接收来自垂直行业控制中心的终端设备的第一路径信息,所述第一路径信息包括所述终端设备的移动路径的位置信息;A communication module, configured to receive first path information from a terminal device of a vertical industry control center, where the first path information includes position information of a moving path of the terminal device;
    处理模块,用于根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息,获取所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;The processing module is configured to obtain second path information of the terminal device according to the first path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the corresponding information of the target access network device The path identifier of the target access network device corresponds to the path identifier of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device;
    所述通信模块,还用于向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。The communication module is further configured to send the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The communication device according to claim 18, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述终端设备的第一路径信息以及一个或多个接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息,确定所述目标接入网设备以及所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径;According to the first path information of the terminal device and the location information of the management area of one or more access network devices, determine that the target access network device and the terminal device are in the management area of the target access network device Movement path within;
    根据所述目标接入网设备的信息、所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径以及第一对应关系,确定所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述第一对应关系包括接入网设备的信息、接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息以及路径标识三者之间的对应关系。According to the information of the target access network device, the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the first corresponding relationship, the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device is determined, and The first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the access network device, the location information in the management area of the access network device, and the path identifier.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 19, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    从接入网管理设备接收所述第一对应关系以及接入网设备的管理区域的位置信息。Receiving the first correspondence and the location information of the management area of the access network device from the access network management device.
  21. 如权利要求18-20中任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:21. The communication device according to any one of claims 18-20, wherein the second path information further includes some or all of the following information:
    所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device.
  22. 如权利要求18-21中任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示:22. The communication device according to any one of claims 18-21, wherein there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is further used to indicate:
    所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。The sequence of the terminal device passing through the management area of each target access network device.
  23. 如权利要求18-22中任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述路径信息管理网元包括NVAF或RAN OAM。The communication device according to any one of claims 18-22, wherein the path information management network element comprises NVAF or RAN OAM.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    通信模块,用于接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应,所述目标接入网设备包括第一接入网设备;The communication module is configured to receive second path information of the terminal device, where the second path information includes the information of the target access network device and the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device. The path identifier corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device;
    处理模块,用于根据所述第二路径信息确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息。The processing module is configured to determine the location information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device according to the second path information.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识包括所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述处理模块具体用于:The communication device according to claim 24, wherein the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device includes the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, and the processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据第二对应关系以及所述第一接入网设备对应的路径标识,确定所述终端设备在所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径的位置信息,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一接入网设备的管理区域内的位置信息与路径标识之间的对应关系。According to the second correspondence and the path identifier corresponding to the first access network device, the position information of the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the first access network device is determined, and the second correspondence is It includes the correspondence between the location information and the path identifier in the management area of the first access network device.
  26. 如权利要求24或25所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:The communication device according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the second path information includes some or all of the following information:
    所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,The time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or,
    所述终端设备的标识。The identifier of the terminal device.
  27. 如权利要求24至26中任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to any one of claims 24 to 26, wherein there are multiple target access network devices, and the processing module is further configured to:
    根据所述第二路径信息确定第二接入网设备,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第一接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第二接入网设备的管理区域,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第二接入网设备;The second access network device is determined according to the second path information, the movement path of the terminal device enters the management area of the second access network device from the management area of the first access network device, and the target The access network equipment includes the second access network equipment;
    所述通信模块还用于:The communication module is also used for:
    向所述第二接入网设备发送所述终端设备的上下文和所述第二路径信息;Sending the context of the terminal device and the second path information to the second access network device;
    从所述第二接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于搜索和选择所述第二接入网设备的小区;Receiving first information from the second access network device, where the first information is used to search for and select a cell of the second access network device;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。Sending the first information to the terminal device.
  28. 如权利要求24-27中任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经所述多个目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序,所述处理模块具体用于:The communication device according to any one of claims 24-27, wherein the second path information is further used to indicate the sequence of the terminal device passing through the management areas of the multiple target access network devices, The processing module is specifically used for:
    根据所述先后顺序确定所述第二接入网设备。The second access network device is determined according to the sequence.
  29. 如权利要求27或28所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:The communication device according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the first information includes one or more of the following information:
    所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的标识;或者,The identity of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or,
    所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的频点;或者,The frequency point of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or,
    所述归属于所述第二接入网设备的小区的切换门限;或者,The handover threshold of the cell belonging to the second access network device; or,
    所述终端设备被允许接入所述第二接入网设备的优先级;或者,The priority at which the terminal device is allowed to access the second access network device; or,
    所述第二接入网设备的preamble。The preamble of the second access network device.
  30. 如权利要求24-29中任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,第一接入网设备接收终端设备的第二路径信息,包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 24-29, wherein the first access network device receiving the second path information of the terminal device comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备从第三接入网设备接收所述终端设备的第二路径信息,所述终端设备的移动路径从所述第三接入网设备的管理区域进入所述第一接入网设备的管理区域。The first access network device receives the second path information of the terminal device from the third access network device, and the movement path of the terminal device enters the first path from the management area of the third access network device. The management area of the access network equipment.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    通信模块,用于接收终端设备的第二路径信息,所述第二路径信息来自于路径信息管理网元,所述第二路径信息包括目标接入网设备的信息以及所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识,所述目标接入网设备对应的路径标识与所述终端设备在所述目标接入网设备的管理区域内的移动路径对应;The communication module is configured to receive second path information of the terminal device, where the second path information comes from a path information management network element, and the second path information includes information about the target access network device and the target access network device A corresponding path identifier, where the path identifier corresponding to the target access network device corresponds to the movement path of the terminal device in the management area of the target access network device;
    所述通信模块,还用于向第一接入网设备发送所述第二路径信息,所述目标接入网设备包括所述第一接入网设备。The communication module is further configured to send the second path information to a first access network device, and the target access network device includes the first access network device.
  32. 如权利要求31所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二路径信息还包括以下信息中的部分或全部信息:所述终端设备进入所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备离开所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的时间;或者,所述终端设备的标识。The communication device according to claim 31, wherein the second path information further includes part or all of the following information: the time when the terminal device enters the management area of the target access network device; or , The time when the terminal device leaves the management area of the target access network device; or, the identifier of the terminal device.
  33. 如权利要求31或32所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述目标接入网设备为多个,所述第二路径信息还用于指示所述终端设备途经每个所述目标接入网设备的管理区域的先后顺序。The communication device according to claim 31 or 32, wherein there are multiple target access network devices, and the second path information is further used to indicate that the terminal device passes through each target access network. The order of the management area of the device.
  34. 如权利要求31-33中任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述路径信息管理网元包括网络视觉和感知功能NVAF网元或接入网操作维护管理设备RAN OAM。The communication device according to any one of claims 31-33, wherein the path information management network element comprises a network vision and perception function NVAF network element or an access network operation maintenance management equipment RAN OAM.
  35. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述通信接口用于执行权利要求1到6任一项所述的方法中,在所述通信装置进行消息接收和发送的操作;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises: a communication interface and at least one processor, the communication interface and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the communication interface is used to execute the one described in any one of claims 1 to 6 In the method described above, operations of receiving and sending messages are performed on the communication device;
    所述至少一个处理器调用指令,执行权利要求1到6任一项所述的方法中,在所述通信装置进行的消息处理或控制操作。The at least one processor invokes an instruction to execute the message processing or control operation performed on the communication device in the method according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述通信接口用于执行权利要求7到13任一项所述的方法中,在所述通信装置进行消息接收和发送的操作;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a communication interface and at least one processor, the communication interface and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the communication interface is used to execute the one described in any one of claims 7 to 13 In the method, operations of receiving and sending messages are performed on the communication device;
    所述至少一个处理器调用指令,执行权利要求7到13任一项所述的方法中,在所述通信装置进行的消息处理或控制操作。The at least one processor invokes an instruction to execute the message processing or control operation performed on the communication device in the method according to any one of claims 7 to 13.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述通信接口和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述通信接口用于执行权利要求14到17任一项所述的方法中,在所述通信装置进行消息接收和发送的操作;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a communication interface and at least one processor, the communication interface and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the communication interface is used to execute the one described in any one of claims 14 to 17 In the method, operations of receiving and sending messages are performed on the communication device;
    所述至少一个处理器调用指令,执行权利要求14到17任一项所述的方法中,在所述通信装置进行的消息处理或控制操作。The at least one processor invokes an instruction to execute the message processing or control operation performed on the communication device in the method according to any one of claims 14 to 17.
  38. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:所述芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,和接口电路,所述接口电路和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述处理器通过运行指令,以执行权利要求1到17任一项所述的方法。A chip system, characterized in that it includes: the chip system includes at least one processor, and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected through a line, and the processor executes an instruction The method of any one of claims 1 to 17.
  39. 一种传输信息的装置,其特征在于,用于执行1到6项任一项所述方法。A device for transmitting information, characterized in that it is used to execute the method described in any one of items 1 to 6.
  40. 一种传输信息的装置,其特征在于,用于执行7到13项任一项所述方法。A device for transmitting information, characterized in that it is used to execute the method described in any one of items 7 to 13.
  41. 一种传输信息的装置,其特征在于,用于执行14到17项任一项所述方法。A device for transmitting information, characterized in that it is used to execute the method described in any one of items 14 to 17.
  42. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计 算机执行上述1到17任一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions, which is characterized in that when it runs on a computer, the computer executes the method described in any one of 1 to 17 above.
  43. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1到17项任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
  44. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求18-23、35或39中任一所述的通信装置,和,如权利要求24-30、36或40中任一项所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the communication device according to any one of claims 18-23, 35 or 39, and the device according to any one of claims 24-30, 36 or 40.
  45. 如权利要求44所述的通信系统,其特征在于,还包括如权利要求31-34、37或41中任一项所述的装置。The communication system according to claim 44, further comprising the device according to any one of claims 31-34, 37 or 41.
PCT/CN2020/087589 2019-04-30 2020-04-28 Communication method and apparatus WO2020221262A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910362086.5A CN111866859B (en) 2019-04-30 2019-04-30 Communication method and device
CN201910362086.5 2019-04-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020221262A1 true WO2020221262A1 (en) 2020-11-05

Family

ID=72965667

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/087589 WO2020221262A1 (en) 2019-04-30 2020-04-28 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111866859B (en)
WO (1) WO2020221262A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115915306A (en) * 2021-09-30 2023-04-04 华为技术有限公司 Handover method, communication device, and computer storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070270149A1 (en) * 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. Handover control between base stations in a multi-hop mobile communication network
CN101267240A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-09-17 华为技术有限公司 Multi-hop wireless relay communication system and download data transmission method and device
CN102685801A (en) * 2012-05-11 2012-09-19 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Network management equipment and method
CN102802227A (en) * 2012-07-23 2012-11-28 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Data processing method, equipment and system based on base station direct connection framework
CN103857001A (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-11 索尼公司 Information processing apparatus, communication system, information processing method, and program

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5140975B2 (en) * 2006-09-14 2013-02-13 富士通株式会社 Mobile communication system and communication method thereof
CN101466117B (en) * 2007-12-20 2010-09-01 北京沃泰丰通信技术有限公司 Method and device for generating mobile subscriber track
CN101217758B (en) * 2007-12-26 2010-09-08 中国移动通信集团北京有限公司 A method and device of mobility model for cellular network users
CN101521961B (en) * 2008-02-27 2012-01-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 CID distribution and data transmission method for multi-hop multi-relay network of embedded path management
EP3005757A1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2016-04-13 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Identifying a user equipment in a communication network
CN105491532B (en) * 2015-11-25 2019-07-12 交科院(北京)交通技术有限公司 A kind of mobile phone SIP signaling filtering method and apparatus for road network running state analysis

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070270149A1 (en) * 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. Handover control between base stations in a multi-hop mobile communication network
CN101267240A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-09-17 华为技术有限公司 Multi-hop wireless relay communication system and download data transmission method and device
CN102685801A (en) * 2012-05-11 2012-09-19 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Network management equipment and method
CN102802227A (en) * 2012-07-23 2012-11-28 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Data processing method, equipment and system based on base station direct connection framework
CN103857001A (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-11 索尼公司 Information processing apparatus, communication system, information processing method, and program

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Discussion on Flight Path Information", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #101 R2-1802661, 2 March 2018 (2018-03-02), XP051399277 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111866859B (en) 2021-07-16
CN111866859A (en) 2020-10-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6819804B2 (en) Wireless terminals, second core network nodes, and their methods
JP6930540B2 (en) Radio access network nodes, wireless terminals, core network nodes, and their methods
US20200221364A1 (en) Terminal, Base Station, Cell Access Method, and Data Transmission Method for Reconfiguring a Wireless Connection to Communicate with a Secondary Cell
US20190191348A1 (en) Radio access network node, radio terminal, core network node, and method therefor
EP2804422B1 (en) Offloading at a small cell access point
US10750418B2 (en) SDN based connectionless architecture with dual connectivity and carrier aggregation
US20180115924A1 (en) Dynamic Exchange Of Wireless Communication Services
CN113207191B (en) Session establishment method, device and equipment based on network slice and storage medium
WO2021203884A1 (en) Relay communication method and related device
EP3725131B1 (en) Reducing latency in wireless networks
AU2016428463B2 (en) Beamforming information interaction method and network device
WO2012048626A1 (en) Method, system, and access network device for determining handover target cell
US20220086750A1 (en) Network access method of terminal device and apparatus
CN111787575B (en) Network access management method and device for terminal equipment
WO2020221262A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021088007A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN115088304A (en) Cell switching method and device
WO2023020297A1 (en) Relay selection method and apparatus
WO2021196241A1 (en) Communication control method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2023179397A1 (en) Licensing method and apparatus
CN115250511A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN115734247A (en) Communication method and device
CN117320084A (en) Communication method and related equipment
CN118317289A (en) Communication method, device and system
CN115942228A (en) eSRVCC function configuration method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20799009

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20799009

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1